Home

3Com Professional Handbook Personal Computer User Manual

1. Persistent WRITE Exclusive Reservatio READ WRITE READ Exclusive Shared Exclusive Access n Being Shared Exclusive Exclusive Access Access RO RO Attempted 11 EX LU EX LU EX LU EX LU EX LU EX LU EX LU N N Y y Y y lY yY N N lY y yY Y READ Shared EX N N Y o IY o IY O N N Y o IY 0 LU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y WRITE Exclusive EX Y o Y o IY o IY 0 Y 0 Y o IY 0 LU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y V Y Y Y READ Exclusive EX Y o Y o Y o Y o Y Oo Y o Y 0 LU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Exclusive Access EX Y o Y o Y o Y o Y 0 Y o Y 0 LU N N Y Y Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Y Y Shared Access EX N N IY o IY Oo Y O N N Y O y oO LU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N WRITE Exclusive RO Y o IY o lY o Y o lo oO N N IN N EX LU Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N Exclusive Access RO EX Y o Y o Y o Y o Y Oo N N IN N KEY LU Logical Unit Scope N No Conflict EX Extent or Element Scope Y Conflict RO Registrants Only Conflicts with all reservation requests from other O Conflict occurs if extent or element overlaps with existing extent or element reservation Table 5 65 When Do Conflicts Between Existing Reservations and New Reservations Exist Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 145 Tandberg Data SCS Commands 5 12 PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command 5Fh The PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command is a 10 byte command used to reser
2. il ee Whe ie ae a oe Byte 0 Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type 1 Page Code COh 2 Reserved 3 Page Length 20h 4 5 Servo Firmware Checksum 6 7 Servo EEPROM Checksum 8 11 Read Write Firmware Checksum 12 35 Read Write Firmware Build Data Figure 5 11 Firmware Build Information Page Data Format Field Name Description _ Checksum Servo Firmware Servo EEPROM and READ WRITE Firmware checksums are given as binary numbers and are for positive firmware and EEPROM identification Firmware Build Date Firmware Build Date is an ASCII string in the DD MMM YYYY HH MM SS format Table 5 12 Firmware Build Information Page Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 29 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h continued The Subsystem Components Revision Page C1h This page contains information used by Tandberg Data ASA about firmware drive controller and other DLT8000 tape drive components It is reserved for use by Tandberg Data ASA and should not be used for other purposes 5 30 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h continued Command Support Data An application client can request command support data by setting the CmdDt bit of the INQUIRY command to 1 and specifying the SCSI operation code of the Command Descriptor Block CDB for which it wants information Format of the co
3. lt j Write Protect Switch pushed to the right Write Protect disabled position Orange Rectangle lt Write Protect Switch pushed to the lt lt left Write Protect enabled position Figure 2 12 Write Protect Switch on Tape Cartridge Each tape cartridge has a write protect switch that can be used to prevent accidental erasure of data Before inserting the tape cartridge into the tape system position the write protect switch on the front of the cartridge e Move the write protect switch to the left to enable write protection existing data on the tape cannot be overwritten nor can additional data be appended to the media When the write protect switch is moved to the left a small orange rectangle is visible This indicates that data cannot be written to the tape e Move the write protect switch to the right to disable write protection existing data on the tape can be overwritten and or additional data can be appended to the media unless the cartridge is write protected via software When write protect is disabled no orange rectangle is visible 2 24 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System When a tape cartridge is loaded in the system and the tape cartridge s write protect switch is moved to
4. Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 PS 0 0 Page Code 02h 1 Additional Page Length OEh 2 Buffer Full Ratio 3 Buffer Empty Ratio MSB 4 5 Bus Inactivity Limit LSB MSB 6 7 Disconnect Time Limit LSB MSB 8 9 Connect Time Limit LSB MSB 10 11 Maximum Burst Time LSB 12 Reserved DTDC 13 15 Reserved Figure 5 42 Disconnect Reconnect Page Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 83 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued Field Name Description PS Additional Page Length Buffer Full Ratio Buffer Empty Ratio Bus Inactivity Limit Disconnect Time Limit Connect Time Limit Maximum Burst Size DTDC Parameters Savable For MODE SELECT this bit must be 0 This field indicates the number bytes in the page However the value does not include bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned in MODE SENSE commands and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT If the page length does not match that expected by the drive a CHECK CONDITION status is returned sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST The drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status with sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST if it receives an unsupported Page Code or a Page field with values not supported or changeable In such cases no parameters are changed as a result of the command Not supported Any value is ignored Not supported Any v
5. Fast Transient Bursts for Power and Data Cables 2kV S W Recoverable errors No hardware failures Table 1 18 Conducted Susceptibility Failure Type Equipment Failure Level Allowable Errors Hard Office 1 to 12 kV No Operator Intervention soft recoverable allowed Hardware Office Up to 15kV No component damage operator intervention allowed soft hard errors allowed Table 1 19 ESD Failure Level Limits Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 1 17 Tandberg Data General Description and Specifications This Page Intentionally Left Blank 1 18 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 2 Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System This chapter contains information needed for the integration of the tape system into a system or subsystem This includes safety and handling instructions configuration jumper settings connector pin assignments installation instructions power and signal cabling descriptions and operating instructions 2 1 Safety Handling and Electrostatic Discharge ESD Protection Inappropriate or careless handling of tape systems may result in damage to the product Follow the precautions and directions to prevent damaging the tape system 2 1 1 Safety Precautions For your safety follow all safety procedures described here and in other sections of the manual e Remove power from the computer system or expansion unit before installing or removing the tape system to prev
6. Field Name Description Page Code The Page Code echoes the page code that was specified in the LOG SENSE command descriptor block Additional Length The Additional Length field specifies the number of bytes available and depends on the parameters requested Table 5 27 READ WRITE COMPRESSION RATIO LOG SENSE Header Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 61 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh continued LOG PARAMETERS FOR PARAMETER CODES 00h AND 01h Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 l o Byte MSB 0 1 Parameter Code LSB 2 DU DS TSD ETC TMC Rsv d LP 3 02h MSB 4 n Compression Ratio x 100 LSB Figure 5 27 Log Parameters Format for READ WRITE COMPRESSION RATIO LOG Field Name SENSE Page Parameter Codes 00h and 01h Description Parameter Code Parameter Codes supported for the READ WRITE COMPRESSION RATIO page are as follows for codes 00h and 01h DU DS TSD ETC TMC LP only codes 02h through O9h are detailed separately Parameter Code Descriptions 00h READ Compression Ratio x 100 Oth WRITE Compression Ratio x 100 Disable Update Always 0 Disable Save Not supported This bit always set to 1 Target Save Disable Not supported This bit always set to 1 Enable Threshold Comparison Threshold checking is not supported on this page Always set to 0 Threshold Met Criteria Always 0 List Parameter Always set to 0
7. MSB 2 4 Count LSB 5 Unused Reserved Flag Link Figure 5 99 SPACE Command Descriptor Block Data Format Field Name Description Code The code can be one of the following Space Code Space by 000b Blocks 001b Filemarks 010b Sequential Filemarks 011b End of Data Count values can be from 0 to FFFFFFh Table 5 99 SPACE Command Data Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 217 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands SPACE Command 11h continued Field Name Description Count When spacing over blocks or marks the Count field is interpreted as follows A positive value N causes forward motion over N blocks or marks The tape is logically positioned after the Nth block or mark on the EOM or EOP side A value of 0 causes no change in logical position A negative value N two s complement notation causes reverse movement over N blocks or marks The tape is logically positioned on the BOM or BOP side of the Nth block or mark When spacing to EOD the Count field is ignored Forward movement occurs until the drive encounters EOD The position is such that a subsequent WRITE command would append data after the last object that has been written to tape before EOD Table 5 99 SPACE Command Data Field Descriptions continued When executing SPACE the tape drive implements the following hierarchy HIGHEST BOM P or EOM P EOD Filemarks Sequential File
8. Table 5 67 PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Commanad s Service Action Descriptions continued Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 153 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command 5Fh continued Code Name Description 05h Pre empt amp Clear A PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command with a Pre empt amp Clear service action removes all persistent reservations for all initiators that have been registered with the Service action Reservation key specified in the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command s parameter list It also establishes a persistent reservation for the pre empting initiator Any commands from the initiators being pre empted are terminated as if an ABORT TASK management function had been performed by the pre empted initiator If a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command is sent that specifies a Pre empt amp Clear service action and no persistent reservation exists for the initiator identified by the Service action Reservation key it is not an error condition If the key is registered however the Clear portion of the action executes normally A UNIT ATTENTION condition is established for the pre empted initiators The sense key is set to UNIT ATTENTION the additional sense data is set to RESERVATIONS PREEMPTED Commands that follow and retries of commands that timed out because there were cleared are subject to the persistent reservation restrictions set by the pre empting initiator The p
9. Table 5 87 REQUEST SENSE Data Field Descriptions continued 5 192 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands REQUEST SENSE Command 03h continued Field Name Description Tape Motion Hours This field reports the number of tape motion i e head wear hours Format is given as a hexadecimal word 2 bytes Power On Hours This field reports the total number of hours that drive power has been applied since its last power on cycle not total power on hours over the device s lifetime Format is given as a hexadecimal longword 4 bytes Tape Remaining This field reports the amount of tape remaining in 4 KB 4096 bytes blocks Table 5 87 REQUEST SENSE Data Field Descriptions continued Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 193 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands REQUEST SENSE Command 03h continued Sense Key Description Oh NO SENSE Check the Filemark EOM ILI bits and the Additional Sense Code Additional Sense Code Qualifier bytes th RECOVERED ERROR This can be caused by rounding of Mode Parameters on a MODE SELECT or may report that READ WRITE error rates are reaching subsystem specification limits for optimal operation The device may still be able to continue to function without any unrecovered errors for a long period of time however No CHECK CONDITION is generated unless the PER bit of Mode Page Oth is set 2h NOT READY The tape medium is not ready for tape operation comma
10. ZHENA E EPHE gt EEAS Seba ie AIRF gt OTHE Se BEA Fie gt eel Bb Ae PEER eel BEAT e EDS TORAMMRNRE CT CORBCRKERAS CHATS LER WHEE NSC TCEMHVET COMBINED ARAT SLIRBKENSZCEMHOVET USER MANUAL STATEMENTS FOR CLASS B EQUIPMENT EXTERNAL TAPE SYSTEM This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installa tion Any modifications to this device unless expressly approved by the manufac turer can void the user s authority to operate this equipment under part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference that may cause undesirable operation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interfer ence to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interfer ence to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or mo
11. e Place the system on a properly grounded anti static work surface pad when it is out of its protective anti static bag e Do not use the bag as a substitute for the work surface anti static pad The outside of the bag may not have the same anti static properties as the inside It could actually increase the possibility of ESD problems e Do not use any test equipment to check components on the PCBA There are no user serviceable components on the system Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 2 3 Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System 2 2 Configuring and Installing an Integral Tape System This section provides information for configuring and installing a tape system that is integrated into a host system expansion cabinet or other chassis For information for configuring and installing a tabletop tape system see Section 2 3 WARNING Before you begin review the Safety ESD and Handling precautions described at the beginning of this chapter to avoid personal injury or damage to equipment This section contains information about configuring tailoring the tape system via the system s jumper settings Settings are included for the following options Option See Section SCSI ID Selection and Disabling 2 2 1 Parity Checking TERM PWR Setting 2 2 2 Parity Checking Setting 2 2 3 2 4 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System
12. 2 2 1 Setting the SCSI ID Select the appropriate SCSI ID IDs 0 through 15 are available for the tape system by installing jumper blocks on the pin pairs of the connector block located on the tape system s PCBA Figure 2 1 Refer to Table 2 1 for the allowable SCSI IDs a SCSI ID Connector Block Front Bezel A jumper must always be placed across Pin Pair 9 10 if PORAC any SCSI ID other than the default 5 is selected Figure 2 1 Location of SCSI ID Connector Block Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 2 5 Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System NOTES The default setting no jumpers installed for the tape system is SCSI ID 5 A jumper must always be placed on pin pair 9 10 SCSI ID Present for the host to recognize any SCSI ID selections made on this connector otherwise the SCSI ID remains SCSI ID 5 Note that the SCSI ID of the host adapter is typically SCSI ID 7 SCSIID PinPair Pin Pair Pin Pair Pin Pair 7 8 5l6 3 4 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 2 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 1 1 4 0 1 0 0 5 0 1 0 1 6 0 1 1 0 7 0 1 1 1 8 1 0 0 0 9 1 0 0 1 10 1 0 1 0 11 1 0 1 1 12 1 1 0 0 13 1 1 0 1 14 1 1 1 0 15 1 1 1 1 Default SCSI ID setting is SCSI ID 5 0 No jumper block installed on pin pair 1 Jumper block installed on pin pair Table 2 1 SCSI ID Jumper Settings 2 6 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Conf
13. 70GB DLTtape IV with compression 88h 98250 bpi 52 track quads serial cartridge tape 40GB DLTtape IV without compression 89h 98250 bpi 52 track quads serial cartridge tape 80GB DLTtape IV with compression continued Table 5 5 MODE SENSE Block Descriptor Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 113 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah continued Field Name Description Number of Blocks This field is sent as 0 indicating that all of the remaining logical blocks on the tape have the medium characteristics specified by the block descriptor Block Length This field specifies the length in bytes of each logical block transferred over the SCSI bus A block length of 0 indicates that the length is variable as specified in the I O command Any other value indicates the number of bytes per block that are used for READ WRITE and VERIFY type commands that specify a fixed bit of 1 fixed block mode Table 5 50 MODE SENSE Block Descriptor Field Descriptions continued 5 114 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah continued 5 10 3 MODE SENSE Mode Pages The illustration below depicts the variable length page descriptor Bit 6 5 4 3 2 Byte 0 PS 0 Page Code 1 Additional Page Length 2 Page Defined or Vendor Unique Parameter Bytes Figure 5 56 MODE SENSE Page Des
14. Capacity If the Media bit 0 the Capacity field indicates the approximate capacity of the longest supported medium If the Media bit 1 the Capacity field indicates the approximate capacity of the current medium The capacity assumes that compression is disabled If this density does not support an uncompressed format the capacity assumes that compression is enabled using average data The capacity also assumes that the media is in good condition and that normal data and block sizes are used The value is given in units of megabytes 10 bytes Note that the logical unit does not guarantee that this space is actually available in all cases The Capacity field is intended to be used by the client to determine that the correct density is being used especially when a lower density format is required for interchangeability Assigning This field contains 8 bytes of ASCII data identifying the organization Organization responsible for the specifications that define the values in the density support data block Density Name This field contains 8 bytes of ASCII data identifying the document that is associated with this density support data block Description This field contains 20 bytes of ASCII data describing the density Table 5 84 Density Support Data Block Descriptor Field Descriptions continued Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 185 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 22 REPORT LUNS Command A0h The REPORT LUNS com
15. Read Reservation service action requests that the device server return a parameter list that contains a header and a complete list of all persistent reservations that are presently active in the device server and its extents Note that duplicate persistent reservations from the same initiator are not reported Refer to Figure 5 66 and Table 5 62 for information about Read Reservations parameter data This field indicates how much space has been reserved for the returned parameter list Read Keys or Read Reservations parameters The actual length of the parameter data is indicated in the parameter data field for those parameters If the Allocation Length is not sufficient to contain the entire list of parameters the first portion of the list that does fit is returned If it is determined that the remainder of the list is required the client should send a new PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN command with an Allocation Length field large enough to contain the entire list of parameters Table 5 60 PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 135 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command 5Eh continued The figure and table below illustrate and describe the data fields of Read Key data parameters Bt 7 T 6e 5 4 3 2 o freee ad E a alle T MSB 0 3 Generation LSB MSB 4 7 Additional Length n 7 LSB Reservation Key List Follows
16. Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued Field Name Description PS Parameters Savable For MODE SELECT this bit must be 0 Additional Page This field indicates the number bytes in the page However the Length value does not include bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned in MODE SENSE commands and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT If the page length does not match that expected by the drive a CHECK CONDITION status is returned sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST The drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status with sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST if it receives an unsupported Page Code or a Page field with values not supported or changeable In such cases no parameters are changed as a result of the command Maximum Not supported Must be 0 Additional Partitions Additional Must be 0 This field specifies the number of additional partitions to Partitions Defined be defined for the tape based on the settings of the SDP and IDP bits The maximum allowed is the value returned in the Maximum Additional Partitions field Only one partition is supported therefore the value of the field must be 0 FDP Fixed Data Partitions Must be 0 SDP Select Data Partitions Must be 0 IDP Initiator Defined Partitions Must be 0 PSUM Partition Size Unit of Measure Must be 0 Medium Format This field is valid for MODE SENSE only and is set to 01h Recog
17. 0 Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type 1 RMB Device Type Modifier 2 ISO Version ECMA Version ANSI Version 3 AENC TrmlOP Reserved Response Data Format 4 Additional Length 33h 5 Reserved 6 Rsv d MChngr Reserved 7 RelAdr Wbus32 Wbus16 Sync Linked Rsv d CmdQue SftRe 8 15 Vendor Identification TANDBERG 16 31 Product Identification DLT8000 32 35 Product Revision Level hhss 36 55 Vendor Unique Bytes Figure 5 5 Standard Inquiry Data Page Data Format 5 20 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h continued Table 5 8 contains field descriptions for the data returned by the drive Field Name Value Description Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type RMB Device Type Modifier ISO Version ECMA Version ANSI Version AENC TrmlOp Response Data Format Additional Length Mchnger RelAdr WBus 32 WBus 16 Sync Linked CmdQue SftRe Vendor Identification Product Identification 0 1 33h O O O O Non zero if initiator selects an invalid logical unit see below 1 indicates that this is a sequential access device see below Note that the Peripheral Device Type entry for a medium changer is 8 Removable Medium Bit Set to 1 Set to 1 to specify a sequential access device International Standardization Organization Version level Set to 0 European Computer Manufacturers Org
18. ACK acknowledge ATN attention BSY busy C D control data DB 7 0 P data bus DB 15 8 P1 data bus I O input output MSG message REQ request A signal driven by the initiator as an acknowledgment of receipt of data from a target or as a signal to a target indicating when the target should read the data out lines A signal driven by an initiator to indicate that it has a message to send An OR tied signal that indicates that the bus is in use A signal driven by a target that indicates whether CONTROL or DATA information is on the DATA BUS True low voltage indicates CONTROL Eight data bit signals plus a parity bit signal that form a DATA BUS DB 7 is the most significant bit and has the highest priority 8 or 16 bit during ARBITRATION Bit number significance and priority decrease downward to DB 0 A data bit is defined as 1 when the signal value is true low voltage and 0 when the signal value is false high voltage Data parity DB P is odd Parity is undefined during ARBITRATION Eight data bit signals plus one parity bit signal that forms an extension to the DATA BUS They are used for 16 bit wide interfaces DB 15 is the most significant bit and has the higher priority but below bit DB 0 during ARBITRATION Bit number significance and priority decrease downward to DB 8 Data Parity DB P1 is odd A signal driven by a target that controls the direction of data movement on t
19. Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte MSB 0 7 Third Party Device ID LSB Figure 5 95 RESERVE UNIT 10 ID Only Parameter List Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 209 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 26 REWIND Command 01h The REWIND command directs the tape drive to position the tape at the beginning of the currently active partition for DLTtape drives this is BOM Before rewinding the tape drive writes any write data that is in the buffer to the tape medium and appends an End of Data marker ee Se a a Byte 0 Operation Code 01h 1 Logical Unit Number Reserved Immed 2 4 Reserved 5 Unused Reserved Flag Link Figure 5 96 REWIND Command Descriptor Block Data Format Field Name Description Immed Immediate If this bit is set to 1 the tape drive first writes any remaining buffered data to tape medium and adds an EOD marker It then returns status to the host before beginning the actual rewind operation If this bit is O status will be sent after the rewind has completed Table 5 93 REWIND Command Data Field Descriptions 5 210 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 27 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command 1Dh The SEND DIAGNOSTIC command directs the tape drive to perform its self diagnostic tests It can also be used to invoke the Basic Health Check BHC diagnostic test Note that the BHC feature is provided for use only by a trained
20. Data Format Field Name Description Mode Parameter Contains information about the remainder of the Parameter List and Header is always present see Figure 5 37 and Table 5 37 Mode Parameter Allows the initiator to set the drive s Logical Block Size and number Block Descriptor of Descriptor Logical Block Addresses see Figure 5 38 and Table 5 38 Page s The Page Code s of the pages that are a part of this MODE SELECT command Table 5 36 MODE SELECT 6 or 10 Mode Parameter List Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 75 Tandberg Data SCS Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued 5 9 1 1 Mode Parameter Header The figures and tables that follow provide an illustration and description of the fields that make up the MODE SELECT 6 or 10 command s Mode Parameter header Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Reserved 1 Media Type 2 Ignored Buffered Mode Speed 3 Block Descriptor Length Figure 5 37 MODE SELECT 6 Mode Parameter Header Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 1 Reserved 2 Media Type 3 Ignored Buffered Mode Speed 4 5 Reserved 6 7 Block Descriptor Length Figure 5 38 MODE SELECT 10 Mode Parameter Header Data Format 5 76 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued Field Name
21. Tandberg Data SCSI Commands RESERVE UNIT 10 Command 56h continued RelAdr is always 0 The DLT8000 tape drive does not support relative addressing The Reservation Type field defines the type of reservation in effect for the extent being reserved Available types of reservations are shown below Reservation Type Description 00b READ shared No write operations are permitted by any initiator to the reserved extent Any initiator may read from the extent 01b WRITE exclusive No other initiator may write to the indicated extent Any initiator may read from the extent 10b READ exclusive While this reservation is active no other initiator may be permitted to read to the indicated extent 11b Exclusive access While this reservation is active no other initiator is permitted any access to the reserved extent Table 5 92 Reservation Types If both the LongID and the Extent bits 1 then the parameter list takes the format shown below Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte a a MSB 0 7 Third Party Device ID LSB MSB 8 n Extent Descriptors See Figure 5 93 LSB Figure 5 94 Parameter List When LongID and Extent Bits 1 Data Format 5 208 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands RESERVE UNIT 10 Command 56h continued If the LongID bit 1 and the Extent bit 0 then the parameter list length is eight and the parameter list has the format shown below
22. 0 Reserved PCR SP 2 PC Reserved 3 Reserved 4 Reserved 5 Reserved 6 Reserved MSB 7 8 Parameter List Length LSB 9 Unused Reserved Flag Link Figure 5 15 LOG SELECT Command Descriptor Block Data Format 5 38 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands LOG SELECT Command 4Ch continued Field Name Description PCR Parameter Code Reset If this bit is set to 1 and the parameter list length is set to 0 all accumulated values of page codes 2 3 and 32 are set to 0 and all threshold values are set to default If PCR is set to 1 and the parameter list length is set to a non zero value the command terminates with a CHECK CONDITION status with sense key of ILLEGAL REQUEST and an additional sense code ASC of INVALID FIELD IN CDB SP Save Page Not supported must be set to 0 If for some reason the Save Page bit is set the command terminates with a CHECK CONDITION status with a sense key of ILLEGAL REQUEST and an ASC of INVALID FIELD IN CDB PC Page Control This field defines the type of parameter values to be selected PC Type of Parameter Values 00b Current Threshold Values 01b Current Cumulative Values 10b Default Threshold Values 11b Default Cumulative Values All of these types of values are changeable using LOG SELECT e When the PC field is set to 00b or 01b and the Parameter List Length is set to 0 the command terminates with a CHECK CONDITIO
23. 1 1 Usage Value of default third party density Requires ENATHIRDPARTYDENS 1 Enables granularity field in READ BLOCK LIMITS command Enables SCSI filter on SCSI chip Enables active negation on REQ and ACK signals Sets EOM field in byte 2 of Request Sense data when encountering BOM Sets EOM field in byte 2 of Request Sense data when encountering Early Warning end of media for all operations When set the drive reports a Not Ready to Ready Transition Unit Attention when an autoloader loads the next cartridge When set a cleaning report is sent over the library port as soon as the cleaning light illuminates If this parameter 0 then the report is sent only at unload When set enables a SCSI Unload when a previous Prevent Media Removal command is in effect The value in this field specifies the maximum amount of data to be transferred without disconnecting A value of 0 sets no limit This value is given in 512 byte increments For example a value of 8 indicates 4K bytes Values that are not multiples of 8 are rounded up to the nearest multiple of 8 Minimum value of this field is 0000h maximum is FFFFh 0 Drive will match host bus speed 1 Bus Speed Below 5 0 MB sec 2 Bus Speed 5 0 6 0 MB sec 3 Bus Speed of 6 0 MB sec or more NOTE This information applies only to DLT8000 format The value in this field is the value to be set in the Tape Alert Mode Page 1Ch MRIE parameter Minimum value is 0 max
24. 1 ol b wo N oO N EECA Reserved RAENP UAAENP EAENP 0 0 0 Reserved MSB Ready AEN Holdoff Period 0 LSB Figure 5 59 Control Mode Page Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 121 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah continued Field Name Description Page Length The value in this field indicates the number of bytes in the Control Mode Page being transferred The value for this byte is 06h RLEC Report Log Exception Condition This bit indicates whether the tape drive returns CHECK CONDITION status with sense key set to UNIT ATTENTION 06h when one of its WRITE and READ error counters reaches a specified threshold as follows 0 Do not return UNIT ATTENTION when a threshold has been met 1 Return UNIT ATTENTION when a threshold is met Queue Algorithm Must be 0 Modifier Qerr Queue Error Must be 0 Dque Disable Queuing Must be 0 EECA Enable Extended Contingent Allegiance Not supported must be 0 RAENP Ready AEN Permission Asynchronous event notification is not supported must be 0 UAAENP Unit Attention AEN Permission Not supported must be 0 EAENP Enable AEN Permission Asynchronous event notification is not supported must be 0 Ready AEN Holdoff Not supported Must be 0 Period Table 5 55 Control Mode Page Field Descriptions 5 122 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command
25. 1Ah 5Ah continued 5 10 3 4 Data Compression Page 0Fh The Data Compression page specifies parameters for the control of data compression Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 PS 0 Rsv d Page Code 0Fh 1 Page Length 0E 2 DCE DCC Reserved 3 DDE 0 RED 0 Reserved MSB 4 7 Compression Algorithm LSB MSB 8 11 Decompression Algorithm LSB MSB 12 15 Reserved LSB Figure 5 60 Data Compression Page Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 123 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah continued Field Name PS Page Length DCE DCC DDE RED Compression Algorithm Decompression Algorithm Description Parameters Savable Not supported must be 0 The value in this field indicates the number of bytes in the Control Mode Page being transferred The value for this byte is OEh Data Compression Enable The value returned for this bit depends on the current WRITE density of the tape drive Value Write Compression is 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Data Compression Capable The value returned for this bit indicates whether this tape drive supports data compression Value Data Compression is 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Data Decompression Enable The value returned for this bit indicates whether data decompression is enabled or not Value Data Decompression is 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note that when the tape drive reads comp
26. 2 3 Page Length LSB Figure 5 20 READ WRITE Error LOG SENSE Header Format Field Name Description Page Code The Page Code echoes the page code that was specified in the LOG SENSE command descriptor block Page Length The Page Length field specifies the total number of bytes contained in this log page not including the four bytes that make up the header For example if the PPC bit is O and the parameter pointer is 0 the target returns 4 bytes of page header with page length of 44h followed by 8 bytes of parameter value data for each parameter code except code 05h for code O5h it returns 12 bytes Therefore for parameters codes 00h 01h 02h 03h 04h O6h and 8000h each page will be 8 bytes Table 5 20 READ WRITE Error LOG SENSE Header Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 51 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh continued LOG PARAMETERS Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte MSB 0 1 Parameter Code LSB 2 DU DS TSD ETC TMC Rsv d LP 3 Parameter Length MSB 4 11 Parameter Value LSB Figure 5 21 Log Parameters Format for READ WRITE Error LOG SENSE Page Field Name Description Parameter l Parameter Codes supported for the READ WRITE error counter pages are as follows Code Parameter Code Descriptions 00h Errors corrected with substantial delays Oth Errors corrected with possible delays 02h Total rewrites or rereads 03h Total errors
27. Descriptors continued Table 5 5 DATA Phase Command Contents Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 9 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands Data Out Data In Command l Length in CDB l To Drive To Initiator REPORT LUNS Allocation Supported LUNS Llst REQUEST SENSE Allocation Sense Data 18 RESERVE UNIT 0 Extent List Option not supported REWIND 0 eae ene SEND DIAGNOSTIC Parameter List Diagnostic Page SPACE 0 TEST UNIT READY 0 z VERIFY Transfer Data WRITE Transfer Data WRITE BUFFER Parameter List Microcode Image Data WRITE FILEMARKS ai Table 5 5 DATA Phase Command Contents continued 5 10 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 1 5 Unit Attention Condition Queued Unit Attentions are implemented on the Tandberg DLT8000 tape drive and are maintained separately for each valid LUN for each initiator Unit Attentions are created in each of the following circumstances e At Power On e At Bus Reset e At Bus Device Reset message e When the medium may have changed asynchronously e When another initiator changes the Mode Parameters e When a firmware microcode update has completed Two queued Unit Attentions are not unusual For example if a unit is powered up and a tape cartridge is loaded Power Up and Not Ready to Ready Transition Unit Attentions are created Due to the limited number of Unit Attention buffers if an initiator does no
28. Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 30 VERIFY Command 13h The VERIFY command directs the tape drive to verify one or more blocks beginning with the next block on the tape Both CRC and EDCs are validated Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 13h 1 Logical Unit Number Reserved Immed BC Fixed MSB 2 4 Verification Length LSB 5 Unused Reserved Flag Link Figure 5 101 VERIFY Command Descriptor Block Data Format Field Name Description Immed BC Fixed Verification Length 5 220 Immediate When set to 1 the VERIFY command completes before any tape medium movement is done that is when the processing has been initiated Byte Check When set to 0 the tape drive performs an internal CRC ECC check of data No data is transferred to the initiator When set to 1 the command is rejected This bit specifies whether fixed length or variable length blocks are to be verified When set to 0 variable block mode is requested A single block is transferred with the Verification Length specifying the maximum number of bytes the initiator has allocated for verification When the Fixed bit is set to 1 the Verification Length specifies the number of blocks to be verified This is valid only if the logical unit is currently operating in Fixed Block mode This field specifies the amount of data to verify in blocks or bytes as indicated by the Fixed bit Table 5 100 VERIFY Comma
29. returns a GOOD message without altering any other reservation the reservation key is not changed by the Release service action The device server returns a CHECK CONDITION status for any PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command that specifies the release of a persistent reservation held by the requesting initiator that matches some but not all of the Scope Type Reservation Key and extent values The sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and additional sense data is set to INVALID RELEASE OF ACTIVE PERSISTENT RESERVATION Attempts to release persistent reservations in which none of the Scope Type Reservation Key and extent values match an existing persistent reservation held by the initiator making the request are not errors An active persistent reservation may also be released by e Powering off When the most recent APTPL value received by the device server is 0 a power off performs a hard reset clears all persistent reservations and removes all registered reservation keys or e Executing a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command from another initiator with a persistent reserve service action of Pre empt or Pre empt and Clear Note that a Release service action should not be performed if any operations interlocked by the persistent reservation have not yet completed A PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command with a successful Clear service action removes all persistent reservations for all initiators All reservation keys are also removed Any
30. 0MB second 3 Used for systems with bus speeds of 6 0MB second or greater NOTE This information applies only to DLT8000 format This field specifies the length in bytes of all the block descriptors Since the drive only allows one block description the value must be either O or 8 A value of 0 indicates no block description is included a value of 8 indicates a block descriptor is present and precedes the mode page data Any other value other than 0 or 8 causes a CHECK CONDITION status with sense key of ILLEGAL REQUEST to be returned Table 5 37 Mode Parameter Header Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 77 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued 5 9 1 2 Mode Parameter Block Descriptor The figure and table that follow provide an illustration and description of the fields that make up the MODE SELECT command s Mode Parameter Block Descriptor Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Density Code MSB 1 3 Number of Blocks LSB 4 Reserved MSB 5 7 Block Length LSB Figure 5 39 Mode Parameter Block Descriptor Data Format 5 78 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued Field Name Description Density Code This field should match the current tape medium density it is set to 0 if the density is unknown Density Code Description 00h Use
31. 3 Medium Changer Commands SMC standard The Element scope is optional for all device servers that implement PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT 3h Fh Reserved Reserved continued Table 5 66 PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command Field Descriptions continued Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 149 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command 5Fh continued Data Field Description Type The value of the Type field specifies the characteristics of the persistent reservation being established for all data blocks within the extent or within the logical unit Refer to Table 5 68 for the applicable Type codes and their meanings Parameter List Fields contained in the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Length parameter list specify the reservation keys and extent information required to perform a persistent reservation service action The parameter list is 24 bytes in length the Parameter List Length field contains 24 18h bytes Table 5 66 PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command Field Descriptions continued Table 5 67 provides detailed descriptions of each of the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command s seven possible service actions Service Action codes appear in bits 0 4 of Byte 1 5 150 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command 5Fh continued Code 00h Oih Name Register Reserve Description When the command exe
32. 3 7 Operating Air Velocity Both versions of the tape system require an air flow velocity of 125 linear feet per minute measured directly in front of the bezel 1 3 8 Vibration Shock and Drop Specifications Table 1 5 provides the vibration and shock specifications for operating tape systems and for non operating tape systems both packaged and unpackaged Table 1 6 provides the drop specifications for the tape system Operating Vibration Specifications Vibration Type Sine Sweep Frequency Range 5 500 5 Hz Upward and downward sweep Acceleration Level 0 25G Between 22 and 500 Hz 0 010 DA Between 5 and 22 Hz crossover Application X Y and Z axes Sweep rate 1 octave per minute Operating Shock Specifications Pulse Shape sine pulse Peak Acceleration 10G Duration 10 ms Application X Y and Z axes once in each axis Non Operating Packaged Vibration Specifications Vibration Type Random Vibration Frequency Range 5 to 300 Hz Vertical Axis Z 5 to 200 Hz Horizontal Axes X and Y Vibration Levels 1 0 GRMS overall in X Y and Z axes Application X Y and Z axes one hour each axis 3 hour total Table 1 5 Vibration and Shock Specifications continued Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 1 7 Tandberg Data General Description and Specifications Non Operating Unpackaged Vibration Specifications Vibration Type Sine Sweep Frequency Range 5 500 5 Hz Upward an
33. 5 6 ERASE Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 17 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 4 INQUIRY Command 12h The INQUIRY command allows the initiator to determine the kind of SCSI devices attached to its SCSI bus It causes a device that is attached to a SCSI bus to return information about itself The drive identifies itself as a Direct Access Storage Device that implements the applicable interfacing protocol The drive does not need to access its storage medium to respond to the inquiry The drive can provide two categories of data in response to an INQUIRY command Standard Inquiry Data and Vital Product Data Standard Inquiry Data contains basic data about the drive and Vital Product Data comprises several pages of additional data Each Vital Product Data page requires a separate INQUIRY command from the initiator An INQUIRY command is not affected by nor does it clear a Unit Attention condition Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 12h 1 Reserved CmdDt EVPD 2 Page Code or Operation Code 3 Reserved 4 Allocation Length 5 Unused Reserved Flag Link Figure 5 4 INQUIRY Command Descriptor Block Data Format 5 18 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h continued Field Description CmdDt Command Support Data If CmdDt 0 and EVPD see below 0 the drive returns the Standard
34. 5 5 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands The final byte of the CDB is called the Control byte Its contents are defined in the next figure and table In the remainder of this chapter the Flag and Link bytes will not be redefined each time they appear as part of a command ol in ee i ese i a i Byte Tas Unused Reserved Flag Link Figure 5 2 Command Descriptor Block Control Field Data Format Field Description Unused Bits 6 amp 7 of the Control Byte are reserved for vendor specific use They are not used by this tape drive so the values in each of these bits is always 0 Flag The Flag bit is used in conjunction with the Link bit to notify the initiator in an expedient manner that a command has been completed Link A Link bit set to 1 indicates that the initiator requests continuation of a task an I O process across two or more SCSI commands If the Link bit is 1 and the Flag bit is 0 and the task completes successfully the drive continues the task and returns a status of INTERMEDIATE and a LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE message If the Link bit and the Flag bit within a Control word are both set to 1 and the drive completes a command with a status of INTERMEDIATE the drive returns a LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE message with Flag Table 5 3 Command Descriptor Block Control Field Field Descriptions 5 6 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 1 3 Status Error Reporting SCSI message
35. 55 and Os 4h Marching 1 80 40 20 10 08 04 02 01 5h Marching 0 7F BF DF EF F7 BF FD FE 6h MW EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE 7h MFM B6 DB B6 DB B6 DB B6 DB 8h IF AA AA AA AA AA AA AA AA 9h Random Data 2Fh 10s 101010 3 4 Fh lis 111111 FFh Run BHC Test Maximum Number of Test Passes This field specifies the number of test passes of the diagnostic to be run If Maximum Number of Test Passes 0 the test will loop continuously A BUS RESET or a selection from the host sending an ABORT or BUS DEVICE RESET message terminates testing Note that for BHC Test the value in this field must be 0 Block Size This field specifies the size of the blocks to be used If this field is 0 random block sizes are used Note that for BHC Test the value in this field must be 0 The BHC feature is provided for use only by a trained service provider Table 5 96 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Parameter List Field Descriptions 5 214 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command 1Dh continued Field Name Description Block Count This field specifies how many blocks to WRITE READ to and from starting on track 0 then moving to track 1 For example if the Block Size and Block Count fields result in three 3 tracks worth of data the test will 1 Write tracks 0 1 2 2 REWIND READ and VERIFY tracks 0 1 2 3 WRITE three tracks starting with 1 1 2 3 and then REWIND to the beginning of track 1 and
36. 5Ah continued 5 10 3 1 READ WRITE Error Recovery Page 01h The tape drive supports the Error Recovery Page for READ and WRITE operations The format for the page is illustrated below 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PS 0 0 Page Code 01h Additional Page Length OAh Rsv d Rsvd TB Rsv d EER PER DTE 0 DCR 0 READ Retry Count Reserved WRITE Retry Count Reserved Figure 5 57 READ WRITE Error Recovery Page Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 117 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah continued Field Name PS Additional Page Length TB EER PER DTE DCR READ Retry Count WRITE Retry Count Description Parameters Savable Must be 0 the supported parameters cannot be saved savable pages are not supported This field indicates the number of bytes in the page Note that this value does not include bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned on MODE SENSE and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT Transfer Block The Transfer Block when not fully recovered function is not supported Enable Early Recovery This function is always enabled must be 1 Parity Error This bit enables reporting of CHECK CONDITION for recovered READ WRITE errors Default is 0 Disable Transfer on Error Set to 0 This feature is not supported Disable ECC Correction Bit Set to 0 This feature is not support
37. 6 command is a 6 byte command that reserves the specified tape drive for exclusive use by the requesting initiator or for another specified SCSI device we We We ee ee Se Byte 0 Operation Code 16h 1 Logical Unit Number 3rdPty Third Party Device ID Rsv d 2 4 Reserved 5 Unused Reserved Flag Link Figure 5 91 RESERVE UNIT 6 Command Descriptor Block Data Format 5 202 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands RESERVE UNIT 6 Command 16h continued Field Name Description 3rdPty The third party reservation option for RESERVE UNIT 6 allows an initiator to reserve a logical unit for another SCSI device This option is intended for systems that use COPY and is implemented by the tape drive If set to 1 logical unit is reserved for the SCSI device whose ID appears in the Third Party Device ID field The tape drive ignores any attempt made by any other initiator to release the reservation and returns a GOOD status If set to 0 no third party reservation is requested and device is reserved for the initiator that issued the CDB Third Party If 3rdPty is set to 1 indicating that an initiator has reserved the logical unit Device ID for another SCSI device this field contains the ID number of that SCSI device for which the reservation was made Table 5 90 RESERVE UNIT 6 Command Data Field Descriptions A reservation via the RESERVE UNIT 6 command rem
38. ACK signal Drive can continue the transfer by asserting the REQ signal Step 1 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Description 3 5 5 2 Synchronous Data Transfer Synchronous Data Transfer is optional and is only used in DATA phases and only if a synchronous data transfer agreement is established The REQ ACK offset specifies the maximum number of REQ pulses that can be sent by the drive in advance of the number of ACK pulses received from the initiator establishing a pacing mechanism If the number of REQ pulses exceeds the number of ACK pulses by the REQ ACK offset the drive does not assert the REQ signal until after the leading edge of the next ACK pulse is received For successful completion of the data phase the number of ACK and REQ pulses must be equal The initiator sends one ACK signal pulse for each REQ pulse received The ACK signal can be asserted as soon as the leading edge of the corresponding REQ pulse has been received Drive to Initiator Transfer Procedure 1 The drive sets the DB 7 0 P signals to the desired values The DB 0 15 P amp P1 signals are held valid for a minimum of one deskew delay plus one cable skew delay after REQ is asserted 2 Drive delays at least one deskew delay plus a cable skew delay 3 Drive asserts the REQ signal for a minimum of one assertion period Drive can negate the REQ signal and change or release the DB 0 15 P amp P1 signals 4 Initiator read
39. Additional Sense Code Qualifier Sub Assembly Code 0 w E n TEN I 2 Meds o KR op aR N R D SKSV C D Reserved BPV Bit Counter MSB 16 17 Field Pointer LSB 18 Internal Status Code VU 19 20 Tape Motion Hours 21 24 Power On Hours 25 28 Tape Remaining 5 190 Reserved Figure 5 90 REQUEST SENSE Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands REQUEST SENSE Command 03h continued Field Name Description Valid When set to 1 this field indicates that the information bytes contain valid information as defined in the ANSI SCSI 2 specification Error Code A value of 70h indicates a current error the report is associated Segment Number Filemark EOM ILI Sense Key Information Bytes with the most recently received command A value of 71h indicates a deferred error the report is associated with a previous command and not as a result of the current command No other values are returned in this field This value of this byte is always 0 This bit indicates that the current command has read a Filemark End of Medium This bit indicates that an End of Medium condition End of Partition or Beginning of Partition exists The warning is also given by setting the Sense Key to NO SENSE and the Additional Sense Qualifier to End of Partition or Beginning of Partition Incorrect Length Indicator This bit indicates that the
40. BUS FREE phase can be entered following the release of the SEL signal after a SELECTION or RESELECTION phase time out BUS FREE might be entered unexpectedly If for example an internal hardware or firmware fault makes it unsafe for the tape drive to continue operation without a full reset similar to a power up reset or if ATN is asserted or a bus parity error is detected during non tape data transfers Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 3 11 Tandberg Data SCSI Description CAUTION Any occurrence of a bus parity error i e a single bit error should be considered serious it implies the possibility of undetected double bit error may exist on the bus This may cause undetected data corruption On properly configured SCSI buses parity errors are extremely rare If any are detected they should be addressed by improving the configuration of the SCSI bus A well configured SCSI bus in a normal environment should be virtually free of bus parity errors Bus parity errors cause the tape drive to retry the operation go to the STATUS phase or go to BUS FREE and prepare Sense Data Retrying of parity errors during Data Out Phase when writing is normally not done but can be enabled by changing the EnaParErrRetry parameter in the VU EEROM Mode Page This feature is not enabled by default because of possible negative impact on device performance the data stream on writes cannot be pipelined as well Initiators normally do not expect t
41. Capacity Interface Type Performance and Timing Specifications Reliability Projected Physical Specifications Temperature and Humidity Operating Air Velocity Vibration Shock and Drop Specifications Altitude Acoustic Emissions Electromagnetic Emissions Power Requirements Current Requirements Tape System Recording Type DLTtape Recording Media Specifications Electromagnetic Interference EMI Susceptibility 2 Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System 24 1 Safety Handling and Electrostatic Discharge ESD Protection Safety Precautions Handling Electrostatic Discharge ESD Protection Configuring and Installing an Integral Tape System Setting the SCSI ID Setting TERM PWR Setting Parity Checking Installing the Tape System Configuring and Installing a Tabletop Tape System Selecting SCSI ID Connecting the SCSI Bus Cables Installing the AC Power Cord The Tape Cartridge Care and Handling of Tape Cartridges Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual ONNO UNN Naaa UOaaaa Tandberg Data Table of Contents 2 4 2 Tape Cartridge Write Protect Switch 24 2 4 3 Checking a Tape Cartridge 26 2 4 4 Loading a Cartridge 27 2 4 5 Unloading a Cartridge 29 2 4 6 How and When to Use a Cleaning Tape Cartridge 30 2 5 Operating the Tape System Controls and Indicators 32 2 5 1 Unload Button 33 2 5 2 Cartridge Insert Release Handle 33 2 5 3 Selecting Density 34 2 6 Power On Self Test POST and Indicato
42. Color of Indicator Indicator State Operating Mode All four right hand On POST is beginning or all six left hand Blinking An error has occurred See Section indicators 2 9 for troubleshooting 10 0 15 0 Yellow On Tape is recorded in 10 0 15 0 GB format Blinking Tape is recorded in another density 10 0 15 0 GB has been selected for a WRITE from BOT 20 0 Yellow On Tape is recorded in 20 0 GB format Blinking Tape is recorded in another density 20 0 GB has been selected for a WRITE from BOT 35 0 Yellow On Tape is recorded in 35 0 GB format Blinking Tape is recorded in another density 35 0 GB has been selected for a WRITE from BOT 40 0 Yellow On Tape is recorded in 40 0 GB format Blinking Tape is recorded in another density 40 0 GB has been selected for a WRITE from BOT Compress Yellow On Compression mode enabled compression only valid for 10 15 20 or 35 GB densities only Off Compression mode disabled Density Override Yellow On Operator selected a density from the density Select Button on the front panel and or compression Off Density to be selected by the host automatic Table 2 13 Tape System Operating Modes Indicator Activity continued 2 40 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System Tape in Use Indicator and Modes Whenever the yellow Tape in Use indicator is illuminated steadily the tape system and cartridge are ready to use When the sy
43. Current settings of MODE SELECT parameters and reservations are not affected Commands data and status for other initiators is not affected This message can be sent to a logical unit that is not currently performing an operation for the initiator If no unit has been selected the target goes to BUS FREE phase and no commands data or status on the target are affected 4 2 2 BUS DEVICE RESET Message 0Ch The BUS DEVICE RESET message is sent from an initiator to direct the drive to clear all I O processes on the drive The message causes the drive to 1 Flush the contents of cache to tape and go to the BUS FREE phase 2 Execute a hard reset leaving it as if a Bus Reset had occurred The drive creates a Unit Attention condition for all initiators after accepting and processing a Bus Device Reset message The additional sense code is set to POWER ON RESET or BUS DEVICE RESET OCCURRED 4 2 3 COMMAND COMPLETE Message 00h The COMMAND COMPLETE message is sent by the drive to an initiator to indicate that an I O process has completed and that valid status has been sent to the initiator After successfully sending this message the drive goes to the BUS FREE phase by releasing the BSY signal The drive considers the message transmission successful when it detects the negation of ACK for the COMMAND COMPLETE message with the ATN signal false If a COMMAND COMPLETE message is received by the tape drive it is handled as an illegal mes
44. Description Media Type Buffered Mode Speed Block Descriptor Length This field is ignored by the MODE SELECT command Default 1 The drive implements immediate reporting on WRITE commands through its buffered mode With Buffered Mode set to 1 the drive reports GOOD status on WRITE commands as soon as the data block has been transferred to the buffer If this field 0 then the drive does not report GOOD status on WRITE commands until the data blocks have been written to tape When Buffered Mode is not used the tape drive suffers significant performance degradation and possible capacity depending on tape format block size and compression When using the 10 or 20 GB format with compression disabled and block size a multiple of 8 Kbytes there is no capacity loss When writing 10 15 20 or 40 GB format with compression enabled and Buffered Mode disabled some capacity loss can occur The block packing feature is essentially disabled by turning off Buffered Mode If Buffered Mode is set to a number greater than 1 the command is rejected with CHECK CONDITION sense key of ILLEGAL REQUEST The value of this field specifies the speed at which the drive will match the transfer rate of the host The default setting 0 Tape system will attempt to match the drive s throughput with the host data throughput 1 Used for systems with bus speed below 5 0MB second 2 Used for systems with bus speeds between 5 0 and 6
45. ETC Enable Threshold Comparison Threshold checking is not supported on this page Always set to 0 TMC Threshold Met Criteria Always 0 LP List Parameter Always set to 0 parameter codes treated as data counter Counter Value Parameter Codes 02h through 09h provide a count of the number of bytes transferred since the current tape cartridge was inserted or since the last time the counters were reset via a MODE SELECT command Parameter Codes 02h and 03h Report the count of bytes transferred from the tape drive to the initiator Parameter Code 02h reports the number of full megabytes transferred Parameter Code O3h reports the number of bytes less than a full megabyte that have been transferred Multiplying the counter returned for Parameter Code 02h by 1 048 576 and then adding the value of the counter returned by Parameter Code 03h results in the actual total bytes transferred to the initiator Parameter Codes 04h and 05h Report the count of bytes transferred from the tape drive to the buffer Parameter Code 04h reports the number of full megabytes transferred Parameter Code 05h reports the number of bytes less than a full megabyte that have been transferred Multiplying the counter returned for Parameter Code 04h by 1 048 576 and then adding the value of the counter returned by Parameter Code 05h results in the actual total bytes transferred from tape to the buffer Parameter Codes 06h and 07h Report the count of bytes tran
46. Figure 5 25 Log Parameters Format for TapeAlert Page Field Name Description Parameter Code This field contains the Flag code See Table 5 26 for the supported Flags level of severity and the Flags definitions Parameter Length This field is set to 1 Value of Tape Alert If Bit O is set to 1 indicates that TapeAlert has sensed a problem Flag See Table 5 26 for the supported Flags and their definitions If Bit 0 is 0 the Flag is not set and no problem has been sensed Table 5 25 Log Parameter Field Descriptions for TapeAlert Page For definitions of bits that make up the Control Byte the byte Sn 1 above refer to Section 5 8 3 Table 5 21 5 58 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh continued Flag Severity Level Meaning 1 Read Warning 2 Write Warning 3 Hard Error 5 Read Failure 6 Write Failure 9 Write Protect 10 No Removal 11 Cleaning Media 20 Clean Now Warning Warning Warning Critical Critical Critical Informational Informational Critical Problems reading data There is no loss of data but the tape drive s performance is reduced Problems writing data There is no loss of data but the capacity of the tape is reduced An error has occurred during a read or write operation that the tape drive cannot correct operation has stopped The tape medium or the tape drive is damaged Contact
47. For the MODE SELECT 6 10 commands this field is reserved 0 Additional Page Length Indicates number of bytes in that page not including bytes 0 and 1 Page Defined or Vendor Information in this field depends on the mode page Refer to Unique Parameter List Sections 5 9 2 through 5 9 9 5 80 Table 5 39 MODE SELECT Page Descriptor Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued 5 9 2 READ WRITE ERROR RECOVERY PAGE 01h The READ WRITE Error Recovery Page controls the drive s response to error conditions that arise during the course of READ and WRITE command processing Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 te E 0 PS 0 0 Page Code 01h 1 Additional Page Length PAN 2 Rsv d Rsv d TB Rsv d EER 1 PER DTE 0 DCR 0 3 Read Retry Count 4 7 Reserved 8 Write Retry Count 9 11 Reserved Figure 5 41 READ WRITE Error Recovery Page Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 81 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued Field Name PS Additional Page Length TB EER PER DTE DCR Read Retry Count Write Retry Count Description Parameters Savable For MODE SELECT this bit must be 0 This field indicates the number bytes in the page However the value does not include bytes 0 and 1 The
48. ID bits are on the DATA BUS Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 3 17 Tandberg Data SCSI Description The drive 11 Detects the BSY signal is true 12 Asserts the BSY signal 13 Waits at least two deskew delays 14 Releases the SEL signal e The drive can then change the I O signal and the DATA BUS The initiator 15 Detects the SEL signal is false 16 Releases the BSY signal The drive 17 Continues asserting the BSY signal until it relinquishes the SCSI bus 3 18 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Description Reselection Time Out 3 5 5 Two optional time out procedures are specified for clearing the SCSI bus if the initiator waits a minimum of a selection time out delay and there has been no BSY signal response from the drive The initiator asserts the RST signal 2 The initiator follows these steps a Continues asserting the SEL and ATN signals and releases the DATA BUS b Ifit has not detected the BSY signal to be true after at least a selection abort time plus two deskew delays releases the SEL and ATN signals allowing the SCSI bus to go to the BUS FREE phase SCSI devices that respond to the RESELECTION phase must ensure that the reselection is still valid within a selection abort time of asserting the BSY signal Information Transfer Phases NOTES 1 The tape drive supports wide asynchronous and synchronous data transfers 2 Both differential and single ende
49. IV cartridge 1 On all READ and all WRITE APPEND operations the data density that already exists on the tape cartridge remains the density 2 When writing from BOT tape density may be changed by e Using the Density Select Button on the front panel of the tape system Using the front panel s Density Select Button always overrides density selection via the host e Using the operating system to issue a density designation In this case the yellow Density Override indicator on the tape system s front panel is extinguished indicating an automatic or host density selection Native default capacity for the DLTtape IV is 40 0 GB 80 0 GB compressed assuming the Density Select Button was not used or that host selection of density via the operating system was not invoked 2 34 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System To select density on the tape system Load the tape cartridge into the tape system The yellow Tape in Use indicator blinks while the tape loads and calibrates After calibration is compete the Tape In Use indicator remains steadily illuminated The appropriate tape density indicator along the left edge of the system s front panel illuminates to indicate the tape s prerecorded density if any Use the tape system s density Select Button to select the desired density if different than that indicated by the illuminated tape density indicator Density
50. Not Ready LOAD Command Needed 04 03 Unit Not Ready Manual Intervention Needed 30 02 Incompatible Format 30 03 Unit Not Ready Incompatible Medium Cleaning Cartridge Installed 3A 00 Medium Not Present 3A 80 Medium Not Present Cartridge Missing 5A 01 Operator Media Removal Request 03h MEDIUM ERROR 00 00 Medium Error 04 02 Unit Not Ready LOAD Command Needed oC 00 WRITE Error 11 00 Unrecovered READ Error 11 08 Unrecovered READ Error Incomplete Block Read 14 00 Recorded Entity Not Found 15 02 Position Error Detected by Read of Medium 30 00 Cannot Read Medium 3B 00 Sequential Positioning Error 3B 08 Repositioning Error 51 00 ERASE Failure 80 00 Calibration Error 80 01 Cleaning Required 81 00 Directory Read Error continued Table 5 89 Supported ASC ASCQ in Hex continued 5 196 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands REQUEST SENSE Command 03h continued Sense Key ASC 04h HARDWARE ERROR 08 08 ASCQ 00 01 80 80 81 82 01 01 08 oD 0E 80 81 82 83 84 00 83 84 85 86 87 88 8A C3 00 00 Meaning LUN Communication Failure LUN Communication Timeout Failure Write SCSI FIFO CRC Error Read SCSI FIFO CRC error Block port detected EDC error Block port detected record CRC error Random Mechanical Positioning Error Invalid Element Address Repositioning Error Media Destination Element Full Media Source Element Empty Diagnostic POST Failure ROM EDC Error Diagnos
51. Not Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Allows 0 1 2 3 to be selected Supported DLT8000 Format Support DLT7000 Supported Not Supported Not Supported Supported Supported Supported Not Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Not Supported Not Supported Allows only 0 to be selected Supported EEPROM parameters may be different DLT8000 Format Support 3Eh Drive Temp Not supported Supported Supported Parameter continued G 6 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Appendix C The DLTtape IV Cartridge DLT8000 Drive with DLT7000 Emulation DLT7000 Drive DLT8000 Drive Enabled Page Cth e Vendor Unique READ POSITION Command e Long Format Bit SEND DIAG NOSTIC Command e Run Basic Health Check BHC Pattern Number Detailed Unit Attention ASCQs for Resets DLT7000 Format Support Not supported Not supported Not supported DLT8000 Format Support Supported Supported Supported DLT8000 Format Support Product Family 0x09 Supported Supported Supported G 5 Front Panel Differences The table below describes the difference between the front panels of a real DLT7000 drive a DLT8000 drive and a DLT8000 drive with DLT7000 emulation enabled DLT7000 Drive DLT8000 Drive DLT8000 with DLT7000
52. Page Length field specifies the total number of bytes contained in this log page not including the four bytes that make up the header Table 5 22 Last n Error Events LOG SENSE Header Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 55 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh continued LOG PARAMETERS Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte MSB 0 1 Parameter Code 2 DU DS TSD ETC TMC Rsv d LP 3 Parameter Length MSB 4 n Hex ASCII String for Event n LSB Figure 5 23 Log Parameters Format for LAST n ERROR EVENTS LOG SENSE Page Field Name Description Parameter Code Parameter Code values are assigned from 0 to 27 where 0 is the oldest event stored and the highest Parameter Code returned is the most recent event Hex ASCII String The text of the parameter includes a Packet that is a value from 0 fo Event n to 255 This internal number is assigned when the packet is written to EEPROM A value of 0 is normally the oldest packet but packet numbers can wrap around back to 0 after reaching 255 Fora description of the packet string see Appendix B Table 5 23 Log Parameters for LAST n ERROR EVENTS LOG SENSE Page Field Descriptions For definitions of bits that make up the Control Byte byte 2 refer to Section 5 8 3 Table 5 21 5 56 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh continued 5 8 5 TapeAlert Page 2Eh This pag
53. Partition BOP i e Beginning of Tape BOT Note that the tape drive does not implement the hard reset alternative for bus RESET processing The tape drive recognizes multiple bus resets in succession as well as bus resets of arbitrarily long duration powering on conditions It recovers within the time limits specified above following the last bus reset 3 30 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Description 3 6 3 Queued Unit Attentions Queued Unit Attentions are implemented on the tape drive and are maintained separately for each valid LUN for each initiator Unit Attentions are created as a result of the following circumstances e Power on e Bus reset e Bus device reset message e When the media may have changed asynchronously e When another initiator has changed the mode parameters e When a firmware microcode update has completed Two 2 queued Unit Attentions are not unusual For example if a drive is powered up and a cartridge is loaded power up and not ready to ready transition Unit Attention messages are created Due to a limited number of Unit Attention buffers if an initiator does not clear Unit Attentions queued for it the tape drive at some point stops generating new Unit Attention messages for the Initiator Logical Unit I L combination existing messages remain queued A LOAD command does not generate a Unit Attention message for the initiator that issued the command si
54. READ mode the decompression algorithm field in Data Compression mode will be reset if the last block requested by the host was decompressed otherwise it is cleared SCSI Reserve Release Unit commands are no operation if set The drive disables unbuffered mode i e it ignores the MODE SELECT buffered mode selection to turn off buffered mode if set The drive reports deferred recovered error as current recovered error if set 0 no retry 1 one retry 2 2 retries 3 3 retries Table 5 47 EEPROM Vendor Unique Page Parameters continued 5 100 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued Length Name _Value Rep Default _ Bytes Usage SCSIBUSDMATIMER ASCII Decimal 2 1 The number of seconds until the drive times out waiting for ACK once DMA transfer started When set to 0 the timer is set to infinite SCSIRESELRETRIES ASCII Decimal 10 1 The number of reselection retries the drive makes before giving up Each reselection retry occurs every 1 second When set to 0 the drive does infinite reselection retries SCSIRDYEARLY ASCII Binary 0 1 The drive reports READY status earlier if set REPORTRCVRDERR ASCII Binary 0 1 This parameter sets the default value of PER bit of READ WRITE Error Recovery Mode page 01h NORDYUAONUNLD ASCII Binary 0 1 When set Not Ready to Ready Transition unit attention will be removed f
55. Reserved PPC SP 0 PC Page Code Reserved Reserved MSB Parameter Pointer LSB MSB Allocation Length LSB Unused Reserved Flag Link N ol 1 1 pan wo N O Figure 5 18 LOG SENSE Command Descriptor Block Data Format 5 46 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh continued Field Name Description PPC Parameter Pointer Control This bit musts be set to 0 A PPC of 0 indicates that the parameter data requested from the device starts with the parameter code specified in the Parameter Pointer field Bytes 5 6 and return the number of bytes specified in the Allocation Length field Bytes 7 8 in ascending order of parameter codes from the specified log page Note that the current implementation of the READ WRITE COMPRESSION page does not support a PPC other than O If PPCbit is set then the target terminates the command with CHECK CONDITION status sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and additional sense code set to INVALID FIELD IN CDB SP Save Parameters Not supported must be set to 0 If for some reason the Save Parameters bit is set the command terminates with a CHECK CONDITION status with a sense key of ILLEGAL REQUEST and an ASC of INVALID FIELD IN CDB PC Page Control This field defines the type of parameter values to be returned PC Type of Parameter Values 00b Threshold Values 01b Cumulative Values 10b Default
56. SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah The MODE SENSE command allows the drive to report its media type and current or changeable configuration parameters to the host It is a complementary command to MODE SELECT The command descriptor block for the 6 byte MODE SENSE 1Ah is shown below An illustration of the command descriptor block for the 10 byte MODE SENSE SAh follows on the next page Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 1Ah Logical Unit Number Rsv d DBD Reserved PC Page Code Reserved Allocation Length Unused Reserved Flag CE EEE Figure 5 51 MODE SENSE 6 Command Descriptor Block Data Format The 10 byte MODE SENSE command is required to request the Vendor Unique EEPROM parameter page due to the large amount of data that parameter page contains MODE SENSE 10 can be used to retrieve the other pages as well Note that MODE SENSE 10 returns descriptor data in a different format than MODE SENSE 6 5 106 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah continued Operation Code 5Ah Logical Unit Number DBD Reserved 2 PC Page Code 3 Reserved 4 Reserved 5 Reserved 6 Reserved 7 8 Allocation Length LSB 9 Unused Reserved Flag Link Figure 5 52 MODE SENSE 10 Command Descriptor Block Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 107 Tandberg Data SC
57. TRANSFER REQUEST Message 03h 5 SCSI Commands SCSI COMMANDS SCSI Pointers Command Descriptor Block Status Error Reporting DATA Phase Command Components Unit Attention Condition Behavior At Power On and SCSI Bus Reset Data Cache and Tape Write Interaction SCS command Descriptions in This Manual ERASE Command 19h INQUIRY Command 12h Standard Inquiry Data Page Vendor Unique Inquiry Data Supported Vital Product Data Pages and Command Support Data LOAD UNLOAD Command 1Bh LOCATE Command 2Bh LOG SELECT Command 4Ch Log Detection Summary in LOG SELECT Command Descriptor Block Operation of LOG SELECT Log Select Page Format Error Detection Summary in Log Select Pages LOG SENSE Command 4Dh Error Detection Summary in LOG SENSE Command Descriptor Block Supported Pages Log Page Page 00h READ Page 03h WRITE Page 02h ERROR LOG SENSE Page LAST n ERROR EVENTS Page 07h TapeAlert Page 2Eh READ WRITE COMPRESSION Page 32h Device Wellness Page 33h Device Status Page 3Eh MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h Mode Parameter List Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Table of Contents 5 9 2 5 9 3 5 9 4 5 9 5 5 9 6 5 9 7 5 9 8 5 9 9 5 9 10 5 10 5 10 1 5 10 2 5 10 3 5 11 5 12 5 13 5 14 5 15 5 16 5 16 1 5 16 2 5 16 3 5 17 5 17 1 5 17 2 5 18 5 19 5 20 5 21 5 22 5 23 5 24 5 25 5 26 5 27 5 28 5 29 5 30 5 31 5 32
58. Table 5 18 Log Parameters Field Descriptions continued 5 44 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 7 4 Error Detection Summary in Log Select Pages The host issues a LOG SENSE command to initialize host resident software that allows determination of e The log pages used by the drive e The parameter codes and length of each parameter The following conditions constitute errors in the parameter block that cause the drive to return CHECK CONDITION with sense data set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and additional send code INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST e A page header is received with unsupported page codes e An incorrect log page length is specified in the page header e An illegal parameter code is contained in a valid page code e Parameter codes for a supported page are not sent in ascending order e The LP bit Table 5 18 is set to 1 in the parameter control byte e The DS bit Table 5 18 is set to 0 in the parameter control byte e The TSD bit Table 5 18 is set to 0 in the parameter control byte Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 45 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 8 LOG SENSE Command 4Dh The LOG SENSE command allows the host to retrieve statistical information maintained by the tape drive about its own hardware parameters or about the installed tape medium It is a complementary command to LOG SELECT ee eS Ba ee Byte Operation Code 4Dh fo Logical Unit Number 0
59. Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual A 3 Appendix A Tandberg Data Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Rsv d Rsv d Rsv d Rsv d Bit No Description 0 If set to 1 Cleaning Light is Illuminated otherwise Light is off 281 Tape Directory Status Bits Bit 2 Bit 1 0 0 Good Status 0 1 Unknown Status 1 0 Partial Directory will be rebuilt when tape is undergoing READ WRITE 1 1 No Directory will be rebuilt when tape is undergoing READ WRITE 3 6 Reserved 7 If set to 1 the Internal Status Byte Byte 18 is in Bit Flags format otherwise Byte 18 contains a status code Table A 2 Internal Status Bit Flags A 4 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual B EEPROWM resident Bugcheck and Event Logs This appendix provides a explanation of the event logs information packets stored in semi permanent non volatile memory of the tape drive These packets can be retrieved via the SCSI LOG SENSE command with Page Code 07h B 1 EEPROM Packets LAST n EVENTS The tape drive keeps certain event logs in semi permanent non volatile memory EEPROM in this case located on the tape drive s controller PCB There is storage enough within EEPROM for a total of 14 of these logs or packets each packet consisting of 98 bytes 96 data bytes plus two control bytes of information Packets may be written for different reasons and several packet types exist The information in the event logs doe
60. Threshold Values 11b Default Cumulative Values e The Default Threshold Values are the maximum values that each parameter can attain e The Current Cumulative Values are the values computed since the last reset of the device either via power cycle BUS DEVICE RESET or SCSI RESET e The Default Cumulative Values are the values to which each parameter is initialized at a reset condition Default values are zero e By default Current Threshold Values Default Threshold Values Note that all types of parameter values are changeable via LOG SELECT Table 5 19 LOG SENSE Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 47 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh continued Field Name Description Page Code Parameter Pointer Allocation Length The Page Code field identifies which log page is being requested by the initiator If the page is not supported then the command terminates with a CHECK CONDITION status sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and additional sense code of INVALID FIELD IN CDB Supported pages are Page Code Page Definition See Section 00h List of Supported Pages Page 5 8 2 02h Write Error Counter Page 5 8 3 03h Read Error Counter Page 5 8 3 07h Last n Errors Events Page 5 8 4 2Eh TapeAlert Page 5 8 5 32h Compression Ratio Page 5 8 6 33h Device Wellness Log Page 5 8 7 3Eh Device Status Log Page 5 8 8 The Parameter Pointer fie
61. action The Service Action Reservation Key is ignored for all other service actions For the Register service action the Service Action Reservation Key field contains the new Reservation Key to be registered For the Pre empt and the Pre empt amp Clear service actions the Service Action Reservation Key contains the reservation key of the persistent reservations that are being pre empted For the Pre empt and the Pre empt amp Clear actions any failure of the Service Action Reservation Key to match any registered keys results in the device server returning a RESERVATION CONFLICT status If the Scope is an Extent reservation this field contains the Logical Block Address of the extent and the Extent Length field bytes 22 23 contain the number of blocks in the extent If the Scope signifies an Element reservation the Scope Specific Address field contains the Element Address zero filled in the most significant bytes to fit the field the Extent Length is set to 0 If the Service action is Register or Clear or if the Scope is a Logical Unit reservation both the Scope Specific Address and Extent Length fields are set to 0 Activate Persist Through Power Loss This bit is valid only for Register service actions it is ignored for all other types of service actions Support for APTPL set to 1 is optional If a device server that does not support APTPL receives a 1 in that bit in a Register service action it returns a CHECK CONDITIO
62. agreement in an indeterminate state such as e After a hard reset condition e After a BUS DEVICE RESET Message e After a power cycle The WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST Message exchange establishes an agreement between two SCSI devices on the width of the data path to be used for DATA phase transfer between them This agreement applies to DATA IN and DATA OUT phases only All other information transfer phases must use an 8 bit data path 4 12 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Messages The DLT8000 tape drive implements both wide data transfer option and synchronous data transfer option It negotiates the wide data transfer agreement prior to negotiating the synchronous data transfer agreement If a synchronous data transfer agreement is in effect then after accepting a WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST message it resets the synchronous agreement to asynchronous mode The transfer width is two the transfer width exponent bytes wide The transfer width that is established applies to all logical units Valid transfer widths for the DLT8000 tape drive are 8 bits m 00h and 16 bits m Olh Values of m greater than O1h are reserved Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 4 13 Tandberg Data Messages 4 14 This Page Intentionally Left Blank Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 SCSI Commands This chapter describes the SCSI protocol features implemented in the DLT8000 tape system Note that the sections included in thi
63. and End of Medium Partition Handling If the tape drive reads a Filemark it returns a CHECK CONDITION status Within the sense data the Filemark and Valid bits are set and the Sense Key field is set to NO SENSE The information fields contain the residue count The Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are set to FILEMARK DETECTED Upon termination the medium is logically positioned after the Filemark If the drive detects End of Data EOD during a READ the drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status Within the sense data the Valid bit is set and the Sense Key field is set to BLANK CHECK The End of Medium EOM bit may be set if the drive determines that the tape is positioned past the PSEN marker The information fields contain the residue count The Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are set Upon termination the medium is physically positioned before EOD and after the last block on tape 5 162 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands READ Command 08h continued The meaning of EOM is different for a READ command than for a WRITE related command EOM is reported only when the physical EOM or End of Partition EOP is encountered The drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status The EOM and Valid bits are set and the Sense Key is set to MEDIUM ERROR The information fields contain the residue count and the Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are set to EOM P D
64. commands from any initiator that have been accepted by the device server as non conflicting continue their normal executions A UNIT ATTENTION condition is established for all initiators for the cleared logical unit The sense key is set to UNIT ATTENTION the additional sense data is set to RESERVATIONS PREEMPTED Note that applications should not use the Clear action service except during recoveries associated with initiator or system reconfiguration since data integrity may be compromised 5 152 Table 5 67 continued PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command s Service Action Descriptions continued Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command 5Fh continued Code Name Description 04h Pre empt A PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command with a successful Pre empt service action removes all persistent reservations for all initiators that have been registered with the Service action Reservation key specified in the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command s parameter list A persistent reservation is also established for the pre empting initiator Any commands from any initiator that have been accepted by the device server as non conflicting continue their normal executions If a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command is sent that specifies a Pre empt service action and no persistent reservation exists for the initiator identified by the Service action Reservation
65. complete When the Save operation is successfully completed the firmware restarts itself causing the Power On Self Test POST to be run and two UNIT ATTENTION conditions are generated POWER UP RESET and OPERATING CODE HAS CHANGED 5 226 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 33 WRITE FILEMARKS Command 10h The WRITE FILEMARKS command directs the tape drive to write the specified number of Filemarks beginning at the current logical position on tape If the Immediate bit is not set any data or Filemarks in the WRITE cache buffer are written to tape a ee eS Byte 0 Operation Code 10h 1 Logical Unit Number Reserved WSMk Immed 0 MSB 2 4 Number of Filemarks LSB 5 Unused Reserved Flag Link Figure 5 104 WRITE FILEMARKS Command Descriptor Block Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 227 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands WRITE FILEMARKS Command 10h continued Field Name Description WSmk Write Setmark Must be 0 This tape drive does not support Setmarks Immed Immediate When this bit is set to 1 the tape drive returns status as soon as the Command Descriptor Block CDB has been validated unless the Filemark count is 0 or greater than 1 since either condition causes the WRITE buffer to be flushed to tape medium When set to 0 this bit indicates the status will not be returned until the operation is complete Number of This
66. corrected 04h Total times correction algorithm processed 05h Total bytes processed 06h Total uncorrected errors 8001h Vendor Unique 9001h Vendor Unique Note Parameter codes 00h Oth and 04h always return a value of 0 Parameter value for 05h is 8 bytes the parameter length is set to 8 Table 5 21 Log Parameters for READ WRITE Error LOG SENSE Page Field Descriptions 5 52 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh continued Field Name Description NOTE Byte 2 of the Log Parameter Block is referred to as the Parameter Control Byte it is made up of six control bits plus one bit that is reserved DU Disable Update This field with a value 0 indicates that the target will update all log parameter values This field set to 1 indicates that the target will not update the log parameter values except in response to LOG SELECT This bit is set by the drive when accumulated values reach maximum This is also returned set to 1 if the host set the bit in the last LOG SELECT command Default is 0 Note that for parameter types other than threshold and cumulative values this bit is always 0 DS Disable Save Not supported always set to 1 TSD Target Save Disable Not supported always set to 1 ETC Enable Threshold Comparison When set to 1 indicates that comparison to threshold is performed ETC of 0 indicates that the comparison is not performed This bit is set to 1 by
67. current DMA completes The drive returns a MESSAGE REJECT message and responds with CHECK CONDITION status indicating the command aborted because of an invalid message STATUS The drive sends a MESSAGE REJECT message then sends COMMAND COMPLETE MESSAGE IN The drive sends a MESSAGE REJECT message and switches to the BUS FREE phase Table 44 Drive Response to DISCONNECT Message Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 4 5 Tandberg Data Messages 4 2 5 IDENTIFY Message 80h FFh The IDENTIFY message is sent by either the initiator or the drive to establish or re establish the physical connection path between an initiator and target for a particular logical unit under the conditions listed below Figure 4 2 shows the format of the IDENTIFY message and Table 4 5 describes the data field contents Bie ee deen it pee PP see i sae ae Identify DiscPriv LUNTAR Reserved LUNTRAN Figure 4 2 IDENTIFY Message Data Format Field l Description Identify The Identify bit must be set to 1 This identifies the message as an IDENTIFY message DiscPriv Disconnect Privilege The DiscPriv can be 0 provided that no other I O process is currently active in the drive If not set to 1 and other I O processes are currently active in the drive the drive returns BUSY status LUNTAR The Logical Unit Target Routine LUNTAR field must be set to zero The drive supports a single Logical Unit Number LUN 0 A LUNTAR bit of one caus
68. damaged cartridge may cause unnecessary use of the cleaning cartridge Table 2 9 When to Use a Cleaning Cartridge 2 30 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System If It means And you should The Use Cleaning Tape indicator continues to be illuminated steadily after you have used a cleaning cartridge to clean the recording head The Use Cleaning Cartridge indicator is illuminated steadily while the tape system is in its tape cleaning process All indicators on the right hand side of the front bezel are blinking Your cleaning tape cartridge may be exhausted Cleaning of the system had has not taken place the cartridge has expired There may be a system fault Try another cleaning tape cartridge Wait until the tape is unloaded and the green Operate Handle indicator illuminates Replace the cleaning cartridge Operate the handle to remove the cartridge Inspect the tape cartridge If the cartridge appears undamaged it may be used again otherwise take the cartridge oout of service Reset the tape drive and load a known good cartridge If all indicators on the right hand side of the bezel blink again during the load have the tape drive serviced A cleaning cartridge has a life expectancy of about 20 uses Table 2 9 When to Use a Cleaning Cartridge continued Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 2 31 Tandber
69. drive s PCBA firmware you need a tape cartridge with a copy of the new firmware image The firmware image must be byte written without compression onto the tape using the appropriate block size as defined in Table C 1 The image must be copied onto the tape instead of using the backup utility Tape Format Density Upgrade Tape Block DLTtape III 10 0 GB 4 Kbytes Only DLTtape IIIXT 15 0 GB 4 Kbytes Only DLTtape IV 20 0 GB 4 Kbytes Only 35 0 GB 8 Kbytes Only 40 0 GB 8 Kbytes Only Table C 1 Block Size Used for Firmware Update Tape Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual C 1 Tandberg Data Appendix C NOTE On UN X systems use the FTP utility to transfer the binary firmware image Be sure to specify type image before using the get or put commands otherwise extra characters may be added to the file causing it to be invalid The image file should be exactly 1286 512 bytes in size When making the update tape copy the image file to the tape media using an appropriate block size as shown in Table D 1 that is dd Itf and so on The tape must be uncompressed C 3 Firmware Update Procedure This section describes the procedure to update the firmware of the tape drive s PCBA The update requires a cartridge that holds the update firmware image Firmware updates from a host are also supported see the section on the SCSI command WRITE BUFFER in Chapter 5 CAUTION If a powerfail occurs during the fir
70. e Do NOT enable clear the DLT7000 emulation feature with a tape cartridge loaded in the tape drive e Do NOT enable clear the DLT7000 emulation feature while the drive is in operation 1 Enable and clear the DLT7000 emulation mode via the SCSI bus by changing the EMUL7K_MODE parameter in EEPROM on the Vendor Unique EEPROM Parameter Page e When EMUL7K_MODE is set to 1 DLT7000 emulation is enabled on the drive e When EMUL7K_MODE set to 0 it restores the drive to standard DLT8000 operation 2 After the DLT7000 Emulation Mode feature has been enabled it is critical that you reinitialize the SCSI bus interface using one of the following methods e Issue a bus reset this resets all devices on the bus e Issue the Advanced SCSI Programming Interface ASPI an interface specification for sending commands to SCSI host adapters Device Reset command SCSI_RESET_DEV this resets the specific device changed or e Issue the ASPI command SRB COMMANDRESCANBUS as described in the Win 32 ASPI Specification G 2 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Appendix C The DLTtape IV Cartridge G 2 What You Should Know About the DLT7000 Emulation Feature A DLT8000 tape system running with DLT7000 emulation enabled does not become a DLT7000 system nor does it retain all of the features of a DLT8000 system Here are the differences 1 A DLT8000 tape drive with DLT7000 emulation enabled has the capability of wri
71. field contains the number of consecutive Filemarks to be written to Filemarks tape medium A value of 0 is not considered to be an error GOOD status is returned Table 5 103 WRITE FILEMARKS Command Data Field Descriptions The WRITE FILEMARKS command may be used to force the tape drive to write any buffered WRITE data to the tape medium If the tape drive is in buffered mode and WRITE FILEMARKS is received the requested filemarks are appended to the data and the WRITE buffer contents are flushed to tape medium A value of 0 in the Number of Filemarks field indicates that no filemarks are to be written to the tape medium but still flushes any WRITE data to the tape medium If End of Tape EOT is detected while writing filemarks the tape drive finishes writing any buffered data and terminates with CHECK CONDITION status Within the Sense data the End of Medium EOM bit is set the Sense Key field is set to NO SENSE and the Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are set to EOM P DETECTED The tape drive attempts to complete any subsequent WRITE FILEMARKS returning a CHECK CONDITION status in each case If the tape drive encounters the physical EOM when attempting a WRITE FILEMARKS it returns CHECK CONDITION status 5 228 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual A Definition of Vendor Unique Sense Data Information This appendix lists the internal status codes with their descriptions The internal status code
72. is located at byte offset 18 of the REQUEST SENSE data and may be available for certain types of failures NOTE Byte 18 of the REQUEST SENSE data has two formats a byte code and a bit flags format The bit flags format is used when there is no internal status code to report and can be quickly distinguished by checking to see if bit 7 of byte 18 is set to 1 Decimal Hexadecimal Description 0 0 No Meaning 1 1 Reed Solomon Error Correction Code Recovery 2 2 READ or WRITE Block Retry Soft Retry 3 3 REPOSITION Command Aborted 4 4 Controller Has Stopped Reading 5 5 No Control or Data Buffers Available 6 6 Target Delivered in Read Ahead 7 7 Logical EOT Encountered 2 Filemarks 8 8 Command Connection Dropped 9 9 Cleared from Queue 10 OA Missing Data Block READ only 11 0B Gap Within Object Missing Block in Record 12 oc Record on Tape Larger Than Requested 13 oD Compare Error Table A 1 Internal Status Codes Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual A 1 Tandberg Data Appendix A Decimal Hexadecimal _ Description 14 OE Successive Blocks Missing Across Objects 15 OF Drive State Not Valid for Command 16 10 Drive Error 17 11 Drive Communication Timeout Error 18 12 Drive Unloaded 19 13 Unable to WRITE No CRC 20 14 Block to Append To Not Found 21 15 Data Synchronization Error READ after WRITE Not Happening 22 16 Missing Block s in Current Entity 23 17 Drive Hardware WRITE Protected 24 18 Reposition T
73. is never returned for INQUIRY or REQUEST SENSE commands Table 5 4 Status Codes Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 7 Tandberg Data SCS Commands NOTE In contrast to the BUSY status condition the DRIVE NOT READY Sense Key is returned as part of the Sense data following a REQUEST SENSE command and indicates that a media access command has been issued and the medium is not ready to be accessed for example the medium is not installed the medium has been unloaded the drive is currently initializing the medium to prepare it for access 5 1 4 DATA Phase Command Components Many of the SCSI commands cause data to be transferred between the initiator and the drive The content and characteristics of this data are command dependent Table 5 5 lists the information transmitted for all of the commands The Length in CDB column of Table 5 5 identifies the Command Descriptor Block field used by the drive to determine how much command related data are to be transferred The units bytes or logical blocks for the different Length fields are implied by the Length Field Name as follows Field Name Units Implied Allocation Length Bytes of data the drive is allowed to send to the initiator Parameter List Length Bytes of data the initiator has available for the drive Transfer Length Logical number of data blocks or data bytes the initiator wants transferred or verified Byte Transfer Length Bytes of data the initiator wants tr
74. key it is not an error condition A UNIT ATTENTION condition is established for the pre empted initiators The sense key is set to UNIT ATTENTION the additional sense data is set to RESERVATIONS PREEMPTED Commands that follow are subject to the persistent reservation restrictions set by the pre empting initiator The persistent reservation thus created by the pre empting initiator is defined by the Scope and Type fields of the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command and the corresponding fields of the command s parameter list The registration keys for the pre empted initiators are removed by the Pre empt service action the reservation key for an initiator that has performed a Pre empt service action with its own Reservation key specified in the Service action Reservation key remains unchanged although all other specified releasing actions and reservation actions are performed Note that persistent reservations are not superseded by a new persistent reservation from any initiator except by the execution of a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT that specifies either the Pre empt or the Pre empt and Clear service actions New persistent reservations that do not conflict with an existing persistent reservation execute normally The persistent reservation of a logical unit or extents having the same Type value are permitted if no conflicting persistent reservations other than the reservations being pre empted are held by another initiator continued
75. level of the tape drive s module the controller PCBA attached to the tape drive Table 5 9 Vendor Unique Inquiry Data Page Field Descriptions 5 24 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 4 3 Supported Vital Product Data Pages and Command Support Data The Supported Vital Product Data Pages page Figure 5 7 provides a directory of the Vital Product Data Pages that are supported by the drive The supported pages are e The Unit Serial Number Page 80h e The Device Identification Page 83h The Firmware Build Information Page COh e The Subsystem Components Revision Page C1h reserved for use by Tandberg Data In addition if the CmdDt bit in the INQUIRY command is set to 1 then the drive returns command data as illustrated in Figure 5 12 and described in Table 5 13 Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type 1 Page Code 00h 2 Reserved 3 Page Length 4 or more bytes 4 00h this page 5 80h Unit Serial Number Page 6 83h Device Identification Page Vendor Specific 7 COh Firmware Build Information Page Vendor Specific C1h Subsystem Components Revision Page 8 For Tandberg Data Use Only Page Content is Subject to Change Figure 5 7 Supported Vital Product Data Pages Page Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 25 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h continued The Unit Serial Number Pag
76. limitations system configuration An unrecoverable error is any READ error that cannot be recovered using the drive s internal error recovery algorithms or if the drive indicates Cleaning Required by removing the data cartridge performing a cleaning operation and attempting to re read the data from the data cartridge Table 1 2 Performance and Timing Specifications Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data General Description and Specifications Item READ WRITE Tape Speed Linear Search Tape Speed Rewind Tape Speed Average Rewind Time Maximum Rewind Time Access Time From BOT 32KB blocks in seconds Save Set Access Times 25 Mb Save Set in seconds LOAD Time to BOT Formatted tape LOAD Time to BOT Unformatted tape in seconds UNLOAD Time From BOT Specification 168 inches second 175 inches second 175 inches second 60 seconds 120 seconds Minimum Average Maximum 2 69 136 6 70 134 Average 130 seconds steady state Average 133 seconds steady state Average 21 seconds Table 1 2 Performance and Timing Specifications continued Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data General Description and Specifications 1 3 4 Reliability Projected Mean time between failures MTBF for the tape system is projected to be 250 000 hours at 100 duty cycle not including heads 300 000 hours at 20 duty cycle not including heads Life of recording heads is 30 000
77. local RAM EEPROM and DRAM to be transferred over the SCSI bus Buffers 1 and 2 provide a diagnostic capability for the system s firmware Bit Byte fo Operation Code 3Ch 5 166 1 Logical Unit Number Reserved Mode 2 Buffer ID MSB 3 5 Buffer Offset LSB MSB 6 8 Allocation Length LSB 9 Unused Reserved Flag Link Figure 5 74 READ BUFFER Command Descriptor Block Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands READ BUFFER Command 3Ch continued Field Name Description Mode The tape drive supports the following values within this field If any non supported value is set the drive terminates the command with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key set Mode Description 000b Combined Header and Data see 5 16 1 010b Data see 5 16 2 011b Descriptor see 5 16 3 Buffer ID Must be 0 1 or 2 Buffer 0 This 1100 KB buffer is intended to be used in conjunction with the WRITE BUFFER command to provide a diagnostic capability for testing the SCSI bus and or hardware integrity Buffer 1 Choosing Buffer 1 results in the tape system transferring the contents of controlled scratchbad RAM and EEPROM over the SCSI bus For DLT8000 tape systems a total of 264K is transferred 256K for RAM 8K for EEPROM Buffer 2 Choosing Buffer 2 results in the tape system transferring the contents of data cache RAM over the SCSI bus F
78. makes tape system purchase and configuration decisions and system integrators that are responsible for the SCSI interface Additionally the manual can be used by technically astute end users for installation and operation of the tape system although that is a secondary audience 0 2 Purpose This manual describes the Tandberg DLT8000 Tape System It is intended to provide the information necessary to integrate the tape system into a computer system or subsystem 0 3 Document Organization This product manual contains five chapters a number of appendixes of related useful information and an index It includes an overview of the Small Computer System Interface SCSI and detailed descriptions of the messages and SCSI commands as used by the tape system The manual is organized as follows Chapter1 General Description and Specifications This chapter contains a brief description of and specifications for the system Chapter 2 Configuration and Installation This chapter contains information on system hardware and system interfaces Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 1 Tandberg Data About This Manual Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Chapter 5 Appendix A Appendix B Appendix C Appendix D SCSI Description This chapter provides a detailed description of the logical interfaces of the tape system It describes the product s compliance with the ANSI SCSI 2 specification The system s many optional features are descri
79. message Message Code Message 00h One byte message COMMAND COMPLETE Oth Extended message 02h 1Fh One byte message 20h 2Fh Two byte message 40h 7Fh Reserved 80h FFh One byte message IDENTIFY Table 4 1 Message Format The DLT8000 tape drive supports the messages listed in Table 4 2 The message code and the direction of the message flow is also included in the table In target to initiator Out initiator to target Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 4 1 Tandberg Data Messages Message Message Code Direction ABORT 06h Out BUS DEVICE RESET OCh Out COMMAND COMPLETE 00h In DISCONNECT 04h In Out EXTENDED MESSAGE SDTR and Oth In Out wide Data Transfer Request IDENTIFY 80h FFh In Out IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE 23h In INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR 05h Out LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE OAh In LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE OBh In with flag MESSAGE PARITY ERROR 09h Out MESSAGE REJECT 07h In NO OPERATION 08h Out RESTORE POINTERS 03h In SAVE DATA POINTER 02h In WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST 03h In Out Extended messages Figure 4 1 Table 4 2 Supported Messages Two byte messages consist of two consecutive bytes The value of the first byte as defined in Table 4 1 determines which message is to be transmitted The second byte is a parameter byte that is used as defined in the message description A value of 1 in the first byte indicates the beginning of a multiple byte extended message The minimum num
80. n 3 4 n Identification Descriptors Figure 5 10 Identification Descriptor Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 27 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h continued Field Name Description Code Set The value in this field indicates the type of data to be found in the Identifier field Code Meaning 1 Binary data 2 ASCII data Association The value in this field indicates whether the Identifier is associated with the logical unit LUN or the port The default for this field 0 designating associating with the LUN Identifier Type Types of identifiers allowed are Value Description 1 Concatenation of the Vendor Name Product ID and unit serial number 2 Canonical form of the IEEE Extended Unique Identifier 64 bit EIU 64 3 FC PH Name_lIdentifer Identifier The value in this field indicates the Identifier based on Identifier Type Identifier Type Code Set Length Identifier 1 2 24 Tandberg DLT8000 7 ASCII space characters 20h followed by unit serial number in ASCII 2 1 8 8 Bytes of binary data indicating the EUI 64 assigned to the drive 3 1 8 8 Bytes of binary data indicating the 64 bit Type 5 FC PH Name_ldentifier assigned to the drive Table 5 11 Identifier Descriptor Field Descriptions 5 28 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h continued The Firmware Build Information Page VU COh
81. of SCSI Bus Connectors on Rear Panel Tabletop Version Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 2 17 Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System 2 3 3 Installing the AC Power Cord WARNING Do not attempt to modify or use an external 100 115 VAC power cord for 220 240 VAC input power Modifying the power cord in any way can cause personal injury and severe equipment damage An ac power cord is supplied with each tabletop tape unit Carefully inspect the power cord and ensure that the cord is the appropriate cord for your country or region based on the criteria below The ac power cord used with the tabletop tape unit must meet the following criteria 1 The power cord should be a minimum of 18 3 AWG 60 C Type SJT or SVT 2 UL and CSA Certified cordage rated for use at 250 VAC with a current rating that is at least 125 of the current rating of the product 3 The ac plug must be terminated in a grounding type male plug designed for use in your country or region It must also have marks showing certification by an agency acceptable in your country or region 4 The connector at the tabletop unit end of the cord must be an IEC type CEE 22 female connector 5 The cord must be no longer than 14 5 feet 4 5 meters Figure 2 10 shows different ac power cord plug end configurations for 115 V and 220 240 V usage Note that the power supply of the tabletop unit has an auto sensing feature no adj
82. of information about all of the logical units configured the LUN list length value is not adjusted to reflect the truncation Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 187 Tandberg Data SCS Commands 5 23 REQUEST SENSE Command 03h The REQUEST SENSE command causes the tape drive to transfer detailed sense data to the initiator Bit Byte 0 Operation Code 03h Logical Unit Number Reserved Reserved Reserved CE EEEE Allocation Length Unused Reserved Flag Link Figure 5 89 REQUEST SENSE Command Descriptor Block Data Format Field Name Description Allocation Length This field specifies the maximum number of sense bytes to be 5 188 returned The tape drive terminates the transfer when this number of bytes has been transferred or when all available sense data has been transferred to the host whichever is less Table 5 86 REQUEST SENSE Command Data Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands REQUEST SENSE Command 03h continued The REQUEST SENSE command causes the tape drive to transfer detailed sense data to the initiator The sense data is valid for a CHECK CONDITION or RESERVATION CONFLICT status returned on the previous command The sense data bytes are preserved by the tape drive until retrieved by a REQUEST SENSE command or until the receipt of any other command from the same initiator though some comma
83. power on self test or if it signals a problem via its front panel indicators If Then You Should System does not recognize the tape system System may not be configured to recognize the SCSI ID SCSI ID may not be unique SCSI adapter parameters may not be correct SCSI signal cable may be loose SCSI terminator may be loose or not present on the bus SCSI bus may not be terminated correctly SCSI terminator may not be at end of bus or more than two terminators may be present Configure system to recognize the tape system s ID Change the SCSI ID and reconfigure the system The new ID becomes effective at the next power on or SCSI bus reset Check SCSI adapter documentation Ensure SCSI cable is fully seated at each connector end Ensure correct secure termination of bus If tape system is last or only device on bus except for adapter make sure terminator is installed on tape system If tape system is not the last or only device on the bus check the cable connections and ensure that the bus is properly terminated at each end Ensure that a terminator is installed at each end of the bus One terminator is usually installed at the host end of the bus Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Table 2 15 Troubleshooting Chart continued 2 43 Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System If Then You Should System does not recognize
84. ratio which is dynamic can cause data to be written sooner than the WRITE delay time value indicates The WRITE delay time defaults to 200 ms C8h This causes the buffer to be flushed in 20 seconds Minimum value is 15 Fh maximum value is 6500 1964h This represents a range in delay from 1 5 seconds to 11 minutes DBR Data Buffer Recovery Not supported must be 0 BIS Block Identifiers Supported Set to 1 RSmk Report Setmarks Not supported must be 0 AVC Automatic Velocity Control Set to 0 SOCF Stop on Consecutive Filemarks Set to 0 RBO Recover Buffer Order Set to 0 REW Report Early Warning Set to 0 do not report early warning EOM on reads Table 5 57 Device Configuration Page Field Descriptions 5 126 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah continued Field Name Gap Size EOD Defined EEG SEW Buffer Size at Early Warning Select Data Compression Algorithm Description Not supported Set to 0 End of Data Set to 00h Enable EOD Generation Bit Set to 1 to indicate that the drive generates an EOD The drive generates an EOD mark before any change of direction following a WRITE type operation Synchronize at Early Warning Set to 1 Not supported must be 0 If set to 1 data compression is enabled If 0 data compression is disabled Table 5 57 Device Configuration Page Field Descriptions continued Tandberg
85. selection is inactive until a WRITE from BOT is issued The controller retains the selected density until 1 the density selection is changed or 2 the tape is unloaded An example of selection of density follows EXAMPLE A user loads a tape cartridge previously recorded at 20 0 GB capacity The user then presses the Density Select Button to select the density for 40 0 GB capacity The following events take place e The yellow 20 0 indicator remains illuminated the density has not yet changed and the steadily illuminated indicator reflects the tape s recorded density The yellow 40 0 indicator blinks this signals that a density change is pending When a WRITE from BOT occurs e The yellow 20 0 indicator extinguishes e The yellow Density Override indicator illuminates e The yellow 40 0 indicator illuminates steadily e The yellow Density Override indicator remains illuminated Table 2 10 explains the activity of indicators during density selection Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 2 35 Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System If Then The Density Select Button is not used The Density Select Button is used and the actual recorded density is the same as the density selected via the button The Density Select Button is used and the actual recorded density differs from the density selected via the button The illuminated indicators show data density w
86. service provider Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 1Dh 1 Logical Unit Number PF 0 Rsv d Selftst DevOfl UnitOfl 2 Reserved 3 4 Reserved LSB 5 Unused Reserved Flag Link Figure 5 97 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command Descriptor Block Data Format Field Name Description PF Page Format Not supported must be 0 Selftst Self Test This bit is used in conjunction with DevOfl and UnitOfl to specify the type of testing to be done An explanation is provided in the following paragraphs DevOfl Device Offline This bit is used in conjunction with Selftst and UnitOfl to specify the type of testing to be done An explanation is provided in the following paragraphs UnitOfl Unit Offline This bit is used in conjunction with Selftst and DevOfl to specify the type of testing to be done An explanation is provided in the following paragraphs Table 5 94 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command Data Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 211 Tandberg Data SCS Commands SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command 1Dh continued Two levels of unit resident diagnostic tests can be accessed Electronics Self Test Level 1 Test To invoke this level of diagnostic test a major portion of the controller hardware and software must be functioning properly The test is based on the premise that full power up testing is not necessary therefore it is an extension of the power up self tests that are run Th
87. the 1 SCSI bus may be too 1 Limit bus length to ANSI tape system continued long SCSI standard for the The tape system does not power up All right hand or left hand indicators on the tape system front panel are blinking Nonfatal or fatal errors occur for which the cause cannot be determined 2 Too many devices on the bus No power is reaching the tape system A system fault has occurred SCSI interface being used 2 Limit the number of devices on the bus including the SCSI adapter to match the limits of the interface being used Check the tape system s power cable connection at the rear of the system Try to unload the tape and reinitialize the system by pressing the Unload button or by turning power to the system off then back on The indicators stop blinking as the system attempts reinitialization The indicators illuminate steadily again then extinguish if the test succeeds CAUTION representative If this happens multiple times contact your service SCSI bus termination or the SCSI bus cable connections may be incorrect The ac power source grounding may be incorrect tabletop version Ensure the SCSI bus is terminated and that all connections are secure Use an ac outlet for the tabletop tape unit on the same ac line used by the host system Table 2 15 Troubleshooting Chart continued 2 44 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Configuring Insta
88. the Control Mode Page of MODE SELECT Default is 0 TMC Threshold Met Criteria This field is valid only if host sets ETC to 1 It determines the basis for comparison and is specified by host using LOG SELECT If the result of comparison is true cumulative threshold and MODE SELECT SENSE Control Mode Page RLEC bit is set to 1 thena UNIT ATTENTION is granted for all initiators The sense key is set to UNIT ATTENTION the additional sense code to LOG EXCEPTION and ASCQ is set to THRESHOLD CONDITION MET If the RLEC bit in Control Mode Page is 0 then UNIT ATTENTION is not generated Note that comparison is performed in real time A Log Sense command need not be issued to get the check condition Once ETC is selected RLEC bit in Control Mode Page the check condition is issued based on the criteria defined in the TMC bits if the criteria is met in real time Check condition will not identify for which parameter code the criteria is met Log Sense must be issued to read the counters to determine for which parameter code criteria has been met The criteria for comparison are Code Basis of Comparison 00b Every update of the cumulative value 01b Cumulative value equal to threshold value 10b Cumulative value not equal to threshold value 11b Cumulative value greater than threshold value Table 5 21 Log Parameters for READ WRITE Error LOG SENSE Page Field Descriptions continued Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 53 Tandberg Da
89. the following table Each of the fields of the parameter list are sent for every PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command even if the field is not required for the specific Service action and or Scope values Bit Byte 0 7 MSB Reservation Key MSB 8 15 Service Action Reservation Key LSB MSB 16 19 Scope Specific Address LSB 20 Reserved APTPL 21 Reserved MSB 22 23 Extent Length LSB Figure 5 69 PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Parameter List Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 157 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command 5Fh continued Data Field Reservation Key Service Action Reservation Key Scope Specific Address APTPL Description This field contains an 8 byte token that is provided by the application client to the device server to identify which initiator is the source of the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command The device server verifies that the Reservation Key in the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command matches the Reservation Key that is registered for the initiator from which the command is received If there is no match the device server returns a RESERVATION CONFLICT status The Reservation Key of the initiator is valid for all Service action and Scope values This field contains information needed for 3 service actions the Register service action the Pre empt service action and the Pre empt amp Clear service
90. the integrity of the SCSI bus WRITE FILEMARKS 10h Mandatory Requests that the target write the specified number of filemarks or setmarks to the current position on the logical unit Table 3 1 Implemented ANSI SCSI 2 Command continued Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Description 3 3 Signal States The following paragraphs describe signal values and SCSI ID bits 3 3 1 Signal Values All signal values are actively driven true low voltage Because the signal drivers are OR tied the bus terminator s bias circuitry pulls false when it is released by the drivers at every SCSI device If any device asserts a signal e g OR tied signals the signal is true Table 3 2 shows the ANSI specified and defined signal sources Any device can assert RST at any time Signals __ C D W O DB 7 0 DB 15 8 Bus Phase BSY SEL MSG REQ ACKATN _ DB P DB P1 BUS FREE None None None None None None ARBITRATION All Winner None None SID SID SELECTION I amp T Init None Init Init Init RESELECTION I amp T Targ Targ Init Targ Targ COMMAND Targ None Targ Init Init None DATA IN Targ None Targ Init Targ Targ DATA OUT Targ None Targ Init Init Init STATUS Targ None Targ Init Targ None MESSAGE IN Targ None Targ Init Targ None MESSAGE OUT Targ None Targ Init Init None All The signal is driven by all SCSI devices that are actively arbitrating SCSI ID Each SCSI device that is actively arbitrating asserts its u
91. the right or left hand side of the front panel are flashing pushing the Unload Button causes the tape system to reset and unload the tape if possible 2 5 2 Cartridge Insert Release Handle Use the Cartridge Insert Release Handle to load or eject a tape cartridge only when the tape system s Operate Handle indicator is illuminated Lift the handle to its fully open position or lower it to its fully closed position Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 2 33 Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System 2 5 3 Selecting Density CAUTION If the tape is not positioned at End of Data EOD a WRITE to the tape will deny access to previously recorded data beyond the current tape position To prevent this position the tape to EOD then perform the WRITE This condition is termed an appended WRITE NOTES 1 Default capacity of a DLTtape Ill cartridge is 10 0 GB native or 20 0 GB compression ON 2 Default capacity of a DLTtape IIIXT cartridge is 15 0 GB native compression OFF or 30 0 GB compression ON 3 Default capacity of a DLTtape IV cartridge is 40 0 GB native compression OFF or 80 GB compressed A capacity of 35 0 GB native compression OFF or 70 GB compressed OR 20 0 GB native compression OFF or 40 GB compressed is user selectable Various storage capacities can be selected by specifying the density of the data to be recorded on the tape media Using the DLTtape
92. time requires longer than one 1 second the WRITE PROTECTED indicator will stop blinking within several seconds Try the procedure again If the drive and controller PCBA are not communicating properly you cannot select the firmware update function Once the firmware update mode has been successfully selected insert the cartridge with updated firmware image into the drive The drive then Automatically reads the cartridge The tape will move for a few minutes performing calibration and directory processing before any data is read Examines the data Verifies that the data is a valid firmware image for the tape drive At this point the firmware update mode is automatically cleared One of the following conditions will occur If the firmware image is valid and the drive code is up to date the drive code does not go through an update If the firmware image is valid and the drive code is NOT up to date the code in the drive is updated This will take 2 3 minutes While the drive code is being updated the WRITE PROTECTED and TAPE IN USE indicators flash alternately When the drive code update is complete the drive resets and runs its Power On Self Test POST The process waits until the tape is reloaded at the beginning of tape BOT Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual C 3 Tandberg Data Appendix C If the firmware image is valid the tape drive s PCBA controller s FLASH EEPROM is updated with the new firmware image T
93. 0 Media Loader Present Flag 51 Library Present Flag 52 55 Module Revision Figure 5 6 INQUIRY Vendor Unique Bytes Definitions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 23 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h continued Field Name Product Family Version Vendor Unique Subtype Firmware Personality Firmware Subpersonality Loader Present Library Present Module Revision Description This field indicates the data density of each of the DLT tape drives as follows Product Family Bit Drive Density Not Specified 10 0 20 0 GB 20 0 40 0 GB 15 0 30 0 GB 35 0 70 0 GB 40 0 80 0 GB This flag differentiates between released and test versions of firmware When set to 1 indicates released code Vxxx 0 indicates field test code Txxx Released code has no minor firmware version number byte 38 0 Field test and engineering versions of code have non zero minor firmware version numbers for tracking purposes ANOAIWO These field display the various version numbers in binary not ASCII Identification of product Numeric indicator of firmware personality Note that when set to 4 this indicates OEM family Set to 1 indicating standard SCSI device firmware Set to 0 indicates no loader present Non zero indicates loader is present Set to 0 indicates no library present Non zero indicates library is present A four byte ASCII string representing the revision
94. 0 e SP bit is set to 1 e A parameter list length that would cause a parameter within a valid page to be truncated or otherwise incompletely initialized 5 7 2 Operation of LOG SELECT The LOG SELECT command allows the initiator to modify and initialize parameters within the logs supported by the tape drive There are two ways to initialize the log parameters 1 Set the PCR bit in the LOG SELECT CDB this clears all parameters 2 Specify the log page and parameter values as the log parameters to clear individual pages The following pages can be cleared using this method Page Code Page Description 02h Write Error Counter Page 03h Read Error Counter Page 32h Compression Ratio Page If multiple pages are sent during the DATA OUT phase they must be sent in ascending order according to page code Otherwise the command terminates with a CHECK CONDITION status sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and additional sense code set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST The same status is returned if an unsupported Page Code appears in any header or if the specified page cannot be cleared 5 40 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands LOG SELECT Command 4Ch continued 5 7 3 Log Select Page Format Each log page begins with a 4 byte header followed by n number of log parameter blocks one block for each parameter code Each block except for parameter code O5h is comprised of 8 bytes The parameter block
95. 1 and 5 32 and Table 5 32 describe the following header log parameter formats for the log sense device status page Code Provides 0000h Device type 0001h Device cleaning related status 0002h Number of loads over the lifetime of the tape drive 0003h Specifies the number of cleaning sessions per cartridge 0004h Vendor unique 0005h Drive temperature in degrees C LOG PAGE HEADER Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 1 Reserved Page Code 3Eh 1 Reserved MSB 2 3 Page Length LSB Figure 5 31 DEVICE STATUS LOG SENSE Header Format Field Name Description Page Code The Page Code echoes the page code that was specified in the LOG SENSE command descriptor block Page Length The Page Length field specifies the number of bytes available and depends on the parameters requested Table 5 32 DEVICE STATUS LOG SENSE Header Field Descriptions 5 68 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh continued DEVICE STATUS LOG SENSE PAGE PARAMETERS Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 1 Parameter Code 2 DU DS TSD ETC TMC Rsv d LP 3 Parameter Length 04h 4 7 Parameter Value LSB Figure 5 32 Log Parameters Format for DEVICE STATUS LOG SENSE Page Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 69 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh continued Field Name Parameter Value DU DS TSD ETC TMC LP Descriptio
96. 18 or 6 bytes medium transport element status descriptor if parameter is on or off SCSIINQVS ASCII Binary 0 1 To return vendor unique inquiry string if set DEFSEW ASCII Binary 1 1 To set default SEW parameter ENAINITSYNCNEG ASCII Binary 0 1 To enable target initiated synchronous negotiation if set REPORTRCVDPERRS ASCII Binary 1 1 To report recovered error if parity error has been retried successfully if set ENATHIRDPTYDENS ASCII Binary 1 1 To make non DLT density code act as the default density same as density code 0 if set Table 5 47 EEPROM Vendor Unique Page Parameters continued Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 99 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued Name FORCEREADSILI CACHETMS LDRCYCLRESET ENAREPDECOMP SCSIRESRELNOP DISUNBUFMODE NODEFERRCVDERR CALRETRY Length Value Rep Default Bytes ASCII Binary 0 1 ASCII Decimal 0 1 ASCII Binary 0 1 ASCII Binary 0 1 ASCII Binary 0 1 ASCII Binary 0 1 ASCII Binary 0 1 ASCII Decimal 2 1 Usage To make variable READ command handled as if the SILI bit is set if set 0 1 Do not cache filemarks unless IMMED bit is set if set 2 Cache if not two in a row unless IMMED bit is 1 3 Always cache filemarks To cause the first cartridge to be loaded if unloading the last cartridge when the loader product is operated in sequential mode if set If set and the drive is in
97. 25 Tandberg Data SCS Commands WRITE BUFFER Command 3Bh continued The tape drive must be empty of tape medium to allow downloading of an image This is a safeguard against accidentally starting a firmware update If a tape cartridge is loaded when all or part of a firmware image has been downloaded another WRITE BUFFER with Download Microcode mode will be rejected The firmware image must be downloaded in integral multiples of 8K bytes Any error on a WRITE BUFFER command causes any downloaded image data to be discarded and the download must be restarted from the beginning CAUTION During the actual reprogramming of the FLASH EEPROM if any type of powerfail occurs or if the reprogramming fails before completion the tape d rive subsystem becomes unusable and the tape drive must be replaced 5 32 4 Download Microcode and Save Mode 101b This mode is used to download and save the entire image at once or to download the image and save it or to cause a save operation after the image data has been downloaded using the Download Microcode mode without the Save This mode of the WRITE BUFFER command causes the image data to be verified and the Flash EEPROM firmware area to be updated During the reprogramming of the Flash EEPROM the WRITE PROTECT and Drive Activity leds on the drive s front panel blinks Also when it is updating the EEPROM it disconnects from the SCSI bus and will not respond until the update is
98. 3Ch Optional Used in conjunction with the WRITE BUFFER command as a diagnostic function for testing target memory and the integrity of the SCSI bus This command does not alter the medium READ POSITION 34h Optional Reports the current position of the logical unit and any data blocks in the buffer RECEIVE DIAG 1Ch Optional Requests analysis data to be sent to RESULTS the initiator after completion of a SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command RELEASE UNIT 17h Mandatory Used to release a previously reserved logical unit REQUEST SENSE 03h Mandatory Requests the drive to transfer sense data to the initiator RESERVE UNIT 16h Mandatory Used to reserve a logical unit SEND DIAGNOSTIC 1Dh Mandatory Requests the drive to perform diagnostic operations on itself SPACE 11h Mandatory Provides a selection of positioning functions both forward and backward that are determined by the code and count Table 3 1 Implemented ANSI SCSI 2 Command continued Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Description Command Code Class Description TEST UNIT READY 00h Mandatory Provides a means to check if the logical unit is ready VERIFY 2Fh Optional Requests the drive to verify the data written to the medium WRITE OAh Mandatory Requests the drive to write the data transferred from the initiator to the medium WRITE BUFFER 3Bh Optional Used in conjunction with the READ BUFFER command as a diagnostic for testing target memory and
99. 5 32 1 5 32 2 5 32 3 5 32 4 5 33 iv READ WRITE ERROR RECOVERY PAGE 01h DISCONNECT RECONNECT PAGE 02h CONTROL MODE PAGE 0Ah DATA COMPRESSION PAGE 0Fh DEVICE CONFIGURATION PAGE 10h MEDIUM PARTITION PAGE 11h TAPEALERT PAGE 1Ch EEPROM VENDOR UNIQUE PAGE 3Eh Changeable Parameters within MODE SELECT MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah MODE SENSE Data Headers MODE SENSE Block Descriptor MODE SENSE Mode Pages PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command 5Eh PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command 5Fh PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL Command 1Eh READ Command 08h READ BLOCK LIMITS Command 05h READ BUFFER Command 3Ch Combined Header and Data Mode Data Mode Descriptor Mode READ POSITION Command 34h Standard READ POSITION Data Total Current Logical Position RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command 1Ch RELEASE UNIT 6 Command 17h RELEASE UNIT 10 Command 57h REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Command 44h REPORT LUNS Command AOh REQUEST SENSE Command 03h RESERVE UNIT 6 Command 16h RESERVE UNIT 10 Command 56h REWIND Command 01h SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command 1Dh SPACE Command 11h TEST UNIT READY Command 00h VERIFY Command 13h WRITE Command 0Ah WRITE BUFFER Command 3Bh Write Combined Header and Data Mode 000b Write Data Mode 010b Download Microcode Mode 100b Download Microcode and Save Mode 101b WRITE FILEMARKS Command 10h 227 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Table of Co
100. 5 86 Density Support Data Block Descriptor Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 183 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Command 44h continued Data Field Description Primary This field contains the value returned by a MODE SENSE command for Density the density described in the remainder of the Density Support Data Block Code Descriptor Allowable Density Codes for the tape system are shown in Table To Be Supplied Secondary When multiple density code values are assigned to the same recording Density technology this field lists the equivalent density code value If no Code secondary density code exists the device server returns the primary device code value in this field WRTOK Write OK When this bit 0 it indicates that the drive does not support writing to the media with this density When this bit 1 it indicates that the drive is capable fo writing this density to either the currently mounted medium if Media bit in the Command Block Descriptor 1 or for some media if Media bit in the Command Block Descriptor 0 Note that all density code values returned by the Report Density Support command are supported for READ operations DUP Duplicated When this bit 0 it indicates that this Primary Density Code has exactly one density support data block When this bit 1 it indicates that this Primary Density Code is specified in more than one density support data block DEF
101. 500 milliseconds LOAD UNLOAD 16 minutes LOCATE 6 hours LOG SELECT 500 milliseconds LOG SENSE 500 milliseconds MODE SELECT 500 milliseconds MODE SENSE 500 milliseconds PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT PREVENT ALLOW MEDIA REMOVAL READ READ BLOCK LIMITS READ BUFFER READ POSITION RECEIVE DIAGNOSTICS RELEASE UNIT REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT REPORT LUNS REQUEST SENSE RESERVE UNIT REWIND SEND DIAGNOSTICS SPACE TEST UNIT READY VERIFY WRITE WRITE BUFFER Update FLASH WRITE FILEMARK 500 milliseconds 500 milliseconds 500 milliseconds 1 hour 500 milliseconds 3 minutes 500 milliseconds 500 milliseconds 500 milliseconds 500 milliseconds 500 milliseconds 500 milliseconds 500 milliseconds 4 minutes 20 minutes 6 hours Directory may need rebuilding 500 milliseconds 1 hour 1 hour 10 minutes 1 hour Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Appendix F F 2 This Page Intentionally Left Blank Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual G DLT7000 Emulation Feature This appendix provides information about using the DLT7000 emulation feature on a DLT8000 tape drive It includes information about what the feature is compares the feature with actual DLT7000 tape drive capability and explains how to enable the emulation feature DLT7000 emulation is a feature that has been included in the DLT8000 tape drive s firmware It allows a host to operate a DLT8000 tape drive wi
102. B 9 32 66 DB 9 DB 10 33 67 DB 10 DB 11 34 68 DB 11 Table 2 3 68 Pin Wide LVD Version SCSI Connector Signal Names 2 12 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System Signal Name Pin Number Pin Number Signal Name DB 12 1 35 DB 12 DB 13 2 36 DB 13 DB 14 3 37 DB 14 DB 15 4 38 DB 15 DB P1 5 39 DB P1 Ground 6 40 Ground DB 0 7 41 DB 0 DB 1 8 42 DB 1 DB 2 9 43 DB 2 DB 3 10 44 DB 3 DB 4 11 45 DB 4 DB 5 12 46 DB 5 DB 6 13 47 DB 6 DB 7 14 48 DB 7 DB P 15 49 DB P DIFFSENS 16 50 Ground TERMPWR 17 51 TERMPWR TERMPWR 18 52 TERMPWR Reserved 19 53 Reserved ATN 20 54 ATN Ground 21 55 Ground BSY 22 56 BSY ACK 23 57 ACK RST 24 58 RST MSG 25 59 MSG SEL 26 60 SEL C D 27 61 C D REQ 28 62 REQ 1 O 29 63 I O Ground 30 64 Ground DB 8 31 65 DB 8 DB 9 32 66 DB 9 DB 10 33 67 DB 10 DB 11 34 68 DB 11 Note The minus sign next to a signal indicates active low Table 2 4 68 Pin Differential Version SCSI Connector Signal Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Names Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System Pin Signal 1 12 VDC 2 Ground 12 V return 3 Ground 5 V return 4 5 VDC Table 2 5 Power Connector Signal Names 2 2 4 3 The Loader Connector Located on the side of the integratible tape system Figure 2 6
103. BSY response during SELECTION or RESELECTION before starting the time out procedure Table 3 4 SCSI Bus Timing Values continued 3 9 Tandberg Data SCSI Description Timing Description Value Description Transfer Period Minimum time allowed between the leading edges of successive REQ pulses and of successive ACK pulses while using standard or fast synchronous data transfers The period range is 200 to 500ns minimum standard or 100 to 500ns minimum fast synchronous 2 Set during an SDTR message Table 3 4 SCSI Bus Timing Values continued 3 10 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Description 3 5 SCSI Bus Phases The SCSI architecture includes eight distinct phases BUS FREE phase ARBITRATION phase SELECTION phase RESELECTION phase COMMAND phase DATA phases In Out STATUS phase MESSAGE phases In Out The last four phases are called the information transfer phases The SCSI bus can never be in more than one phase at any given time In the following descriptions signals that are not mentioned are not asserted 3 5 1 BUS FREE Phase The BUS FREE phase indicates that there is no current I O process and that the SCSI bus is available for a connection SCSI devices detect the BUS FREE phase after the SEL and BSY signals are both false for at least one bus settle delay During normal operation the BUS FREE phase is entered when the drive releases the BSY signal However the
104. Because information about a particular command may span multiple pages the command name is repeated in italics at the top of every page that concerns that command Blank pages in the chapter can be used for note taking The SCSI command descriptions that make up the rest of Chapter 5 contain detailed information about each command supported by the Tandberg DLT8000 system tape drive Fields common to many of the SCSI commands are supported as follows Name of Field How Field is Supported in SCSI Commands Logical Unit Number LUN for tape drive is 0 Reserved Reserved bits fields bytes and code values are set aside for future standardization and must be set to 0 If the drive receives a command that contains non zero bits in a reserved field or a reserved code value the command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status and the sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST RelAdr Relative Address Unused contents should be 0 Explanations for those common fields are not repeated for every command in which they appear 5 14 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands Throughout this manual multiple bytes that contain information about specific command parameters are portrayed as shown in the example of the Parameter List Length field bytes 7 and 8 of the Log Select command shown below Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte Bytes 0 6 SB 7 8 Parameter List Length LSB As shown this
105. DLT8000 Product Manual 5 127 Tandberg Data SCS Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah continued 5 10 3 6 Medium Partition Page 11h The tape drive supports the Medium Partition Page The format for the page is illustrated below Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte PS 0 0 Page Code 11h Additional Page Length 06h Maximum Additional Partitions 0 Additional Partitions Defined 0 FDP 0 SDP 0 IDP 0 PSUM 0 Reserved Medium Format Recognition 01h Reserved Reserved EEE EEEL Figure 5 62 Medium Partition Page Data Format 5 128 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah continued Field Name Description PS Additional Page Length Maximum Additional Partitions Additional Partitions Defined FDP SDP IDP PSUM Medium Format Recognition Parameters Savable Not supported must be 0 This field indicates the number of bytes in the page Note that this value does not include bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned on MODE SENSE and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT Not supported Must be 0 This field specifies the number of additional partitions to be defined for the tape based on the settings of the SDP and IDP bits The maximum allowed is the value returned in the Maximum Additional Partitions field Since only one partition is support
106. Discussed in this Manual Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 2 21 Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System 2 4 1 Care and Handling of Tape Cartridges Although designed and manufactured to withstand much handling and use tape cartridges should be handled properly Do not carry cartridges loosely in a box or other container that exposes them to unnecessary physical shock Store each cartridge vertically in its protective case until needed Do not drop or bump the cartridge this may dislodge and or damage internal components Avoid unnecessary opening of the cartridge door this may expose the tape to contamination or physical damage Do not allow direct contact with tape medium or the tape leader Dust or natural skin oils can contaminate the tape and impact performance Do not expose the cartridge to moisture or direct sunlight dampness or condensation Maintain clean operating working and storage environments Do not place cartridges on or near devices that may produce magnetic fields such as computer monitors motors or video equipment Such exposure may alter or erase data on the tape Do not attempt to remove a tape cartridge from the tape system unless the Operate Handle indicator is illuminated steadily Overriding the system handle will cause damage to both the media and the tape system 2 22 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tap
107. ETECTED The tape is physically positioned at EOM P If any READ command cannot be successfully completed the drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status Further commands should attempt to move past the anomaly and to complete successfully Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 163 Tandberg Data SCS Commands 5 15 READ BLOCK LIMITS Command 05h The READ BLOCK LIMITS command directs the tape drive to report its block length limits Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 05h 1 Logical Unit Number Reserved 2 4 Reserved 5 Unused Reserved Flag Link Figure 5 72 READ BLOCK LIMITS Command Descriptor Block Data Format 5 164 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands READ BLOCK LIMITS Command 05h continued The READ BLOCK LIMITS data shown below is sent during the DATA IN phase of the command The command does not reflect the currently selected block size only the available limits MODE SENSE is the command that returns the current block size Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Reserved MSB 1 3 Maximum Block Length LSB MSB 4 5 Minimum Block Length 0001h LSB In SCSI 3 configurations Byte 0 appears as shown below 0 Reserved Granularity The Granularity field is described in the table below Figure 5 73 READ BLOCK LIMITS Data Data Format Field Name Description Granularity SCSI 3 This field indicat
108. Emulation Enabled Density Select 40GB 35GB 20GB 10 15GB 6 0GB 2 6GB Run BHC Test Not supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Not supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Selection Not Available Selection Not Available Supported Not supported Supported Supported Supported Selection Not Available Selection Not Available Supported NOTE DLT8000 Front Panel The 40 80 GB density light and selection are not available when a DLT8000 drive is running in DLT7000 emulation mode The 40 80 GB density selection is skipped in the selection sequence Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Appendix G G 8 This Page Intentionally Left Blank Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual TANDBERG DATA www tandberg com PartNo 42 22 54 01 Publ NO 9158 1 January 2001
109. Inquiry Data If CmdDt 1 with EVPD 0 the drive returns the Command Data specified by Page Code Operation Information about Command Support Data is provided in Figure 5 12 and Table 5 13 EVPD Enable Vital Product Data If EVPD 0 and CmdDt see above 0 the Page Code or Operation Code Allocation Length drive returns the Standard Inquiry Data If EVPD 1and CmdDt 0 the drive returns the Vital Product Data Page specified by Page Code Operation Code Specifies the Vital Product Data Page or Command Support Data which is to be returned by the drive when EVPD is set Specifies the SCSI Operation Code for command support data to be returned by the drive when CmdDt is set A CHECK CONDITION status is returned if this field specifies an unsupported Page or Operation Code or if both EVPD and CmdDt are set Specifies the number of bytes of inquiry information the drive is allowed to return to the initiator during the command s data in buffer transfer Error status is not returned if the value in this field truncates the requested information Table 5 7 INQUIRY Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions 5 4 1 Standard Inquiry Data Page Figure 5 5 shows the format of the Standard Inquiry Data page returned by the drive Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 19 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h continued Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte
110. L REQUEST if it receives an unsupported Page Code or a Page field with values not supported or changeable In such cases no parameters are changed as a result of the command Perf Performance bit Not supported always 0 DExcpt Disable Information Exception Operations If 0 the reporting method specified by the contents of MRIE is selected When this bit 1 all information exception operations are disabled and the contents of the MRIE field are ignored When in this mode the TapeAlert Log page is polled by the software To enable CHECK CONDITION mode DExcpt should 0 Default setting 1 Test Test Bit Not supported LogErr Error Log Not supported Table 5 46 TapeAlert Page Format Descriptor Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 95 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued Field Name Description MRIE Interval Timer Report Count Test Flag Number Method for Reporting Informational Exceptions The tape drive uses the contents of this field to report information about exception conditions Three methods are available Value Method 00h 03h 06h No reporting of Informational Exception Conditions The device server does not report information exception conditions Conditionally Generate Recovered Error The device server reports informational exception conditions if such reports of recovered errors is allowed by
111. LT Default When this bit 0 it indicates that this is not the default density of the tape drive If either the Primary Density Code or the Secondary Density Code is 0 the DEFLT bit will be 1 If neither the Primary or Secondary Density Code is 0 and DEFLT is 1 the logical unit will accept a MODE SELECT header with a density code of 00h as equivalent to the Primary and Secondary Density Codes NOTE The default density of the logical unit may vary depending on the currently mounted media Multiple codes may return a DEFLT bit of 1 when the Media bit is 0 since more than one default may be possible continued Table 5 84 Density Support Data Block Descriptor Field Descriptions 5 184 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Command 44h continued Data Field Description Bit Per MM Bits per millimeter The value in this field indicates the number of bits per millimeter per track as recorded on the tape medium Note that the value is rounded up if the fractional value of the actual value is greater than or equal to 0 5 A value of 00h indicates that the number of bits per millimeter does not apply to this logical unit Media Width The value in this field indicates the width of the tape medium supported by this density This field has units in tenths of millimeters Tracks The value in this field indicates the number of data tracks supported on the medium by this density
112. Maximum Includes Ripple 5 Volt a K 12 Volt 0 8 s0 Drive Operating in Stream WRITE READ Mode Typical 5 Volt 3 1 12 Volt 1 0 Maximum Includes Ripple 4 3 3 6 Table 1 11 Current Requirements 1 12 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data General Description and Specifications 1 3 14 Tape System Recording Type The tape system uses 2 7 RLL code with DLTTM 2000 DLTTM 2000XT DLTTM 4000 DLTTM 7000 or DLT8000 format 1 3 15 DLTtape Recording Media Specifications Table 1 12 provides specifications for tape media Table 1 12 provides operating and storage enviroment limits for the tape cartridges DLTtape Media Type Specifications DLTtape III Width 0 5 inch Length 1200 feet Cartridge Dimensions 4 1 in x 4 1 in x 1 0 in Shelf Life 20 years min 20 C amp 40 RH non condensing Usage 500 000 passes DLTtape IIIXT Width 0 5 inch Length 1800 feet Cartridge Dimensions 4 1 in x 4 1 in x 1 0 in Shelf Life 30 years min 20 C amp 40 RH non condensing Usage 500 000 passes Table 1 12 DLTtape Media Specifications Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 1 13 Tandberg Data General Description and Specifications DLTtape Media Type Specifications DLTtape IV Width 0 5 inch Length 1800 feet Cartridge Dimensions 4 1 in x 4 1 in x 1 0 in Shelf Life 30 years min 20 C amp 40 RH non condensing Usage 1 000 000 passes Table 1 12 DLTtape Media Specifications
113. Meaning Message Error Unexpected Selection Interrupt Command Complete Sequence Failure SCSI Chip Gross Error Illegal Command Status Unexpected Unexplained Residue Count in Transfer Register Disconnect Sequence Failed Internal Target Failure Select Reselect Failure SCSI Parity Error IDE Message Error Invalid Message Error Data Phase error Overlapped Commands Attempted Can not retry read write data transfer ODh VOLUME OVERFLOW No Additional Sense Code or Sense Code Qualifier OEh MISCOMPARE No Additional Sense Code or Sense Code Qualifier Table 5 89 Supported ASC ASCQ in Hex continued 5 200 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands Filemark End of Medium EOM and Incorrect Length Indicator ILI Bits Filemark byte 2 bit 7 EOM byte 2 bit 6 and ILI byte 2 bit 5 are names of fields in the REQUEST SENSE command Any of these bits may be set to a 1 even though the Additional Sense Code ASC Additional Sense Code Qualifier ASCQ bits have a value of 0 For example Filemark EOM ILI bit may be set to 1 with No Sense key 00h and ASC ASCQ 00 00 Filemark EOM ILI bit may be set to 1 with Recovered Error 01h and ASC ASCQ 00 00 Filemark BOM ILI bit may be set to 1 with Medium Error 03h and ASC ASCQ 00 00 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 201 Tandberg Data SCS Commands 5 24 RESERVE UNIT 6 Command 16h The RESERVE UNIT
114. Media Loader Error Flag Figure 5 81 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Data Format This information indicates which of the main components of the tape drive subsystem may have failed diagnostic testing NOTE Running BHC Diagnostics via the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command will not have any affect on the flags in Bytes 0 5 Note that the BHC feature is provided for use only by a trained service provider Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 175 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 19 RELEASE UNIT 6 Command 17h The RELEASE UNIT 6 command is a 6 byte command that releases the drive if it is currently reserved by the requesting initiator It is not an error to release the tape drive if it is not currently reserved by the requesting initiator If the tape drive is reserved by another initiator however it is not released the tape drive is only released from the initiator that issued the RELEASE command Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte Operation Code 17h Logical Unit Number 3rd Pty Third Party Device ID Rsv d Reserved Reserved Reserved Unused Reserved Flag Link TE Figure 5 82 RELEASE UNIT 6 Command Descriptor Block Data Format 5 176 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands RELEASE UNIT 6 Command 17h continued Field Name 3rdPty Third Party Device ID Description The third party release option for RELEASE UNIT allows an initiator to
115. N status Sense Key of ILLEGAL REQUEST and ASC of INVALID FIELD IN CDB This occurs because modification of Current Threshold Values and Current Cumulative Values is not supported e When the PC field is set to 10b and the Parameter List Length field is set to 10b then all Current Threshold Values are reset to the Default Threshold Values This is equivalent to no change since Threshold Values cannot be modified e When the PC field is set to 11b and the Parameter List Length field is set to 0 then all Current Cumulative Values are reset to the Default Cumulative Values This is equivalent to clearing all log pages that can be cleared Parameter List This field specifies the length in bytes of the LOG SELECT parameter list to Length be transferred from the initiator to the target during the DATA OUT phase A parameter list length of 0 indicates that no data is to be transferred This condition is not considered an error Table 5 16 LOG SELECT Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 39 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands LOG SELECT Command 4Ch continued 5 7 1 Log Detection Summary in LOG SELECT Command Descriptor Block The following conditions constitute errors that are detected by the drive in relation to the CDB The request sense data is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST INVALID FIELD IN CDB The conditions that constitute errors are e PCR bit is set to 1 and parameter list is not set to
116. N status with the sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and additional sense data set to INVALID FIELD INPARAMETER LIST If the last valid APTPL bit value received by the device server is 0 the loss of power in the target releases any persistent reservations and removes all reservation keys If the last valid APTPL bit value is 1 the logical unit retains all persistent reservations and all reservation keys for all initiators even if power is lost and later returned The most recently received valid APTPL value from any initiator governs the logical unit s behavior in the event of a power loss Table 5 69 5 158 PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Parameter List Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command 5Fh continued The table below illustrates which fields are set by the application client and interpreted by the device server for each Service and Scope value Parameters Service Action Element or Service Action Allowed Scope Type Reservation Key Element Parameters Register Ignored Ignored Valid Ignored Reserve LU Valid Ignored Ignored Reserve Extent Valid Ignored Extent Valid Reserved Element Valid Ignored Element Valid Release LU Valid Ignored Ignored Release Extent Valid Ignored Extent Valid Release Element Valid Ignored Element Valid Clear Ignored Ignored Ignored Ignored Pre empt LU Valid Valid Ignored Pre empt Extent Valid Valid Extent Valid
117. PREVENT has been enabled Table 5 71 PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL Command 5 160 Descriptor Block Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 14 READ Command 08h This command transfers one or more data blocks or bytes to the initiator starting with the next block on the tape Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 08h 1 Logical Unit Number Reserved SILI Fixed MSB 2 4 Transfer Length LSB 5 Unused Reserved Flag Link Figure 5 71 READ Command Descriptor Block Data Format Field Name Description SILI Suppress Incorrect Length Indicator If the SILI bit is set to 1 and the Fixed bit is set to 1 the target terminates the command with CHECK CONDITION status sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and additional sense code of INVALID FIELD IN CDB If the SILI bit is O and the actual block length is different than the specified transfer length a CHECK CONDITION status is returned Within the sense data the Incorrect Length Indicator ILI bit and Valid bit will be set to 1 The sense key field specifies NO SENSE The information bytes are set to the difference residue between the requested transfer length and the actual block length or in Fixed Block mode the difference residue between the requested number of blocks and the actual number of blocks read No more than transfer length blocks are transferred to the initiator and the tape
118. Pre empt Element Valid Valid Element Valid Pre empt amp Clear LU Valid Valid Ignored Pre empt amp Clear Extent Valid Valid Extent Valid Pre empt amp Clear Element Valid Valid Element Valid Table 5 70 Device Server Interpretation of Service and Scope Value Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 159 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 13 PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL Command 1Eh This command enables or disables the unloading of the tape cartridge Bt 7 6 5 4 3 2 e Ee l o0 Byte 0 Operation Code 1Eh 1 Logical Unit Number Reserved 2 3 Reserved 4 Reserved Prevent 5 Unused Reserved Flag Link Figure 5 70 PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL Command Field Name Prevent Descriptor Block Data Format Description When set to 1 the UNLOAD button on the drive s front panel is effectively disabled and the UNLOAD command does not unload the tape medium or the cartridge The PREVENT ALLOW status in the device is maintained separately by each initiator When set to 0 the prevent state corresponding to that initiator is cleared When all initiators have cleared their prevent states the UNLOAD button and UNLOAD commands are enabled By default after power up a hard reset or Bus Device Reset message the prevent medium removal function is cleared If a Media Loader device is present its MOVE MEDIUM command is prevented from removing a cartridge if
119. SI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh continued Field Name Description Parameter Code DU DS TSD ETC TMC LP Time Stamp Media ID Parameter Codes 0000h through 000Fh are supported This provides 16 log entries for error information capture Disable Update Always 0 Disable Save Not supported This bit always set to 1 Target Save Disable Not supported This bit always set to 0 Enable Threshold Comparison Threshold checking is not supported on this page Always set to 0 Threshold Met Criteria Always 0 List Parameter Always set to 0 Power on hours when check condition occurred note that this is the number of power on hours since the last time the unit was powered on not total number of hours during the lifetime of the drive The time stamp counter is updated once per hour if the tape drive is powered down before the hourly update occurs the update will not occur until a full hour after power is re applied Internal media identifier being used when check condition occurred 0 no media or unknown media when event occurred Note that this is not an applicable means of tracing media Table 5 31 Log Parameters for DEVICE WELLNESS LOG SENSE Page Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 67 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh continued 5 8 8 Device Status Page 3Eh The Device Status Page describes the current status of the tape drive Figures 5 3
120. SI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah continued Field Name Description DBD Disable Block Descriptors If 0 device returns the block descriptor data If set to 1 block descriptor information is not returned PC Page Control The Page Control field indicates the type of page parameter values to be returned to the host PC Description 00 Report Current Values 01 Report Changeable Values 10 Report Default Values 11 Report Saved Values Page Code This field allows the host to select any specific page or all of the pages supported by the drive Allocation Length This field specifies the number of bytes that the host has allocated for returned MODE SENSE data An allocation length of zero indicates that the drive will return no MODE SENSE data This is not considered an error and GOOD status is returned Table 5 49 MODE SENSE Control Descriptor Block Field Descriptions MODE SENSE may be either MODE SENSE 6 or MODE SENSE 10 MODE SENSE 6 data contains a 4 byte header followed by one 8 byte block descriptor followed by zero or more variable length pages depending on the Page Code and Allocation Length 5 108 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah continued 5 10 1 MODE SENSE Data Headers The MODE SENSE 6 and MODE SENSE 10 headers are illustrated below Bit 7 6 3 2 1 5 4 Byte Mode Sense Data L
121. T8000 Product Manual 5 73 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued Field Name Description PF Page Format The Page Format bit indicates that the data sent by the host after the MODE SELECT header and block descriptors complies with the definition of pages in the SCSI 2 specification The SCSI 1 format will not be implemented so this bit must be set to 1 It is an ILLEGAL REQUEST to have page parameters while the PF bit is 0 SP Save Parameters Must be 0 If set this bit instructs the drive to save all savable pages and this is not supported on the tape drive Table 5 35 MODE SELECT 6 10 Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions 5 9 1 Mode Parameter List The figures below show the formats of the Mode Parameter List for MODE SELECT 6 and MODE SELECT 10 passed by the initiator to the tape drive during the command s DATA OUT phase Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 3 Mode Parameter Header 4 11 Mode Parameter Block Descriptor Optional 4 11 or Page s Optional 12 n Figure 5 35 MODE SELECT 6 Mode Parameter List Data Format 5 74 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued a ee ee E E Byte 0 7 Mode Parameter Header Mode Parameter Block Descriptor Optional Page s Optional Figure 5 36 MODE SELECT 10 Mode Parameter List
122. Tandberg DLT8000 TANDBERG DLT8000 PRODUCT MANUAL i TAPE TANDBERG DATA ASA P O Box 134 Kjels s N 0411 OSLO NORWAY Phone 47 22 18 90 90 Telefax 47 22 18 95 50 Tandberg Data ASA Part No 43 22 54 01 Publ No January 9158 1 2001 This publication may describe designs for which patents are granted or pending By publishing this information Tandberg Data ASA conveys no license under any pat ent or any other rights Every effort has been made to avoid errors in text and diagrams However Tand berg Data ASA assumes no responsibility for any errors which may appear in this publication It is the policy of Tandberg Data ASA to improve products as new techniques and components become available Tandberg Data ASA therefore reserves the right to change specifications at any time We would appreciate any comments on this publication USER MANUAL STATEMENTS FOR CLASS A EQUIPMENT INTERNAL TAPE SYSTEM This equipment generates uses and may emit radio frequency energy The equipment has been type tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of FCC rules which are designed to provide rea sonable protection against such radio frequency interference Operation of this equipment in a residential area may cause interference in which case the user at his own expense will be required to take whatever measures may be required to correct the interference Any modi
123. The saved status pointer always points to the start of the status area of the I O process The saved data pointer always points to the start of the data area until the drive sends a SAVE DATA POINTER message for the I O process back to the initiator In response to the SAVE DATA POINTER message the initiator stores the value of the current data pointer into the saved data pointer for that I O process The drive can restore the current pointer from the saved pointer value for the active I O process by sending a RESTORE POINTERS message to the initiator The initiator then copies the set of saved pointers into the set of current pointers Whenever a drive disconnects from the SCSI Bus only the set of saved pointers is retained in the initiator The set of current pointers is restored from the set of saved pointers when the I O process is reconnected Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 3 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 1 2 Command Descriptor Block An initiator communicates with the drive by sending a 6 or 10 byte Command Descriptor Block that contains the parameters for the specific command The SCSI command s operation code is always the first byte in the Command Descriptor Block and a control field is the last byte For some commands the Command Descriptor Block is accompanied by a list of parameters sent during the DATA OUT phase Figure 5 1 shows the format of a typical 6 byte Command Descriptor Block Table 5 2 contains a description
124. WR TERMPWR 18 52 TERMPWR Reserved 19 53 Reserved Ground 20 54 Ground Signal Return 21 55 ATN Ground 22 56 Ground Signal Return 23 57 BSY Signal Return 24 58 ACK Signal Return 25 59 RST Signal Return 26 60 MSG Signal Return 27 61 SEL Signal Return 28 62 C D Signal Return 29 63 REQ Signal Return 30 64 I O Signal Return 31 65 DB 8 Signal Return 32 66 DB 9 Signal Return 33 67 DB 10 Signal Return 34 68 DB 11 Note The minus sign next to a signal indicates active low Table 2 2 68 Pin Single Ended Configuration SCSI Connector Signal Names Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 2 11 Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System Signal Name Pin Number Pin Number Signal Name DB 12 1 35 DB 12 DB 13 2 36 DB 13 DB 14 3 37 DB 14 DB 15 4 38 DB 15 DB P1 5 39 DB P1 DB 0 6 40 DB 0 DB 1 7 41 DB 1 DB 2 8 42 DB 2 DB 3 9 43 DB 3 DB 4 10 44 DB 4 DB 5 11 45 DB 5 DB 6 12 46 DB 6 DB 7 13 47 DB 7 DB P 14 48 DB P GROUND 15 49 GROUND DIFFSENS 16 50 GROUND TERMPWR 17 51 TERMPWR TERMPWR 18 52 TERMPWR RESERVED 19 53 RESERVED GROUND 20 54 GROUND ATN 21 55 ATN GROUND 22 56 GROUND BSY 23 57 BSY ACK 24 58 ACK RST 25 59 RST MSG 26 60 MSG SEL 27 61 SEL C D 28 62 C D REQ 29 63 REQ 1 O 30 64 I O DB 8 31 65 DB 8 D
125. a service representative The tape medium is faulty or the tape drive is damaged Test the tape drive using a known good tape cartridge If the problem persists contact a service representative The tape cartridge is write protected Set the write protection switch to enable writing or use a different tape cartridge The tape drive is busy and the tape cartridge cannot be ejected Wait for the operation to complete before attempting to eject the tape cartridge The tape cartridge in the tape drive is a cleaning cartridge For normal tape drive data related operations replace the cleaning cartridge with a data tape cartridge The tape drive needs to be cleaned Make sure that all tape operations have completed eject the data tape cartridge and follow the appropriate steps to use a cleaning cartridge Severity levels are Informational Warning and Critical Informational flags provide a status type message Warning and Critical flags indicate that user intervention and or service call may be required Table 5 26 Tape Alert Flags Severity Levels and Meanings Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 59 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh continued Flag Severity Level Meaning 22 Expired Critical The cleaning cartridge that was used has expired Cleaning Media Wait for all tape drive operations to complete then use a valid cleaning cartridge for cleaning 31 Hardware B Critical The tape d
126. able 5 9 RESERVE UNIT 10 Command Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands RESERVE 10 Command 56h continued Field Description Extent If O requests that the entire logical unit be reserved for use only by the initiator until the request is supplanted by another valid RESERVE command from the same initiator or until released via a RELEASE 10 command from the reserving initiator a hard reset or a power on cycle If set 1 the extent reservation option is implemented This option allows an application client in a multitasking environment to have multiple reservations The size of the extent list is defined by the contents of the Parameter List Length field The extent list consists of zero or more descriptors Each descriptor defines an extent beginning at the specified logical block address for the specified number of blocks If the number of blocks is 0 the extent begins at the specified logical block address and continues through the last logical block address on the logical unit The data format of extent descriptors is shown in Figure 5 93 Table 5 9 RESERVE UNIT 10 Command Field Descriptions continued Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Reserved RelAdr Reservation Type MSB 1 3 Number of Blocks LSB MSB Logical Block Address LSB Figure 5 93 Extent Descriptors Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 207
127. ains in effect until one of the following conditions is met e The initiator that made the reservation sends another RESERVE UNIT 6 command e The tape drive is released via a RELEASE UNIT 6 command from the same initiator e A BUS DEVICE RESET message is received from any initiator e A hard reset occurs The occurrence of the last two conditions is indicated by the drive returning a CHECK CONDITION status sense key of UNIT ATTENTION on the next command following the condition It is not an error to issue a RESERVE UNIT 6 command to a drive that is currently reserved by the requesting initiator If the logical unit has previously been reserved by another initiator the target returns a RESERVATION CONFLICT status If after honoring the reservation any other initiator attempts to perform any command except INQUIRY REQUEST SENSE or RELEASE UNIT 6 the command is rejected with a RESERVATION CONFLICT status A RELEASE UNIT 6 command issued by another initiator is ignored by that logical unit Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 203 Tandberg Data SCS Commands RESERVE UNIT 6 Command 16h continued An initiator that holds a current reservation may modify that reservation for example to switch third parties by issuing another RESERVE UNIT 6 command to the tape drive Medium Changer Considerations for RESERVE UNIT 6 Command The optional Element Reservation feature defined for Medium Change devices as des
128. al Failure to comply with the requirement could result in an improper selection 3 16 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Description 3 5 4 RESELECTION Phase RESELECTION is an optional phase that allows a drive to reconnect to an initiator to continue an operation that was previously started by the initiator but was suspended by the drive The initiator determines that it is reselected when the SEL and I O signals and its SCSI ID bit are true and the BSY signal is false for at least one bus settle delay Reselection Sequence The drive 1 Upon completing the ARBITRATION phase asserts both the BSY and SEL signals 2 Delays at least one bus clear delay plus one bus settle delay Asserts the I O signal Sets the DATA BUS to the logical OR of its SCSI ID bit and the initiator s SCSI ID bit Waits at least two deskew delays Releases the BSY signal Waits at least one bus settle delay before looking for a response from the initiator The initiator 8 Determines that it is selected when the following occur for at least one bus settle delay SEL I O and the initiator s SCSI ID bit are true and BSY is false 9 Examines the DATA BUS to determine the SCSI ID of the reselecting drive 10 Asserts the BSY signal within a selection abort time of its most recent detection of being reselected e The initiator does not respond to a RESELECTION phase if bad parity is detected or if more than two SCSI
129. al Inspection Procedure for DLTtape Cartridges Appendix F explains how to visually inspecct a DLTtape cartridge Damaged tape cartridges must not be used 0 4 Conventions This manual uses the following conventions to designate specific elements Element Convention Commands Uppercase unless case sensitive Messages Uppercase Hexadecimal Notation Number followed by lowercase h Binary Notation Number followed by lowercase b Decimal Notation Number without suffix Acronyms Uppercase Abbreviations Lowercase except where standard usage requires uppercase Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Example FORMAT UNIT INVALID PRODUCT NUMBER 25h 101b 512 POST Mb megabits MB megabytes Tandberg Data About This Manual This Page Intentionally Left Blank 4 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 1 General Description and Specifications This chapter provides a description and gives specifications for the Tandberg DLT8000 Tape System 1 1 General Description The Tandberg DLT8000 tape system is a high performance high capacity streaming cartridge tape product designed for efficient data back up for midrange and high end computing systems With Tandberg Data s DLT advanced linear recording technology a highly accurate tape guide system and an adaptive control mechanism the system is ideally suited for mid range systems network servers and high end workstations and systems Using data compression and
130. alue is ignored Not supported Any value is ignored Not supported Any value is ignored Not supported Any value is ignored This value specifies the maximum amount of data that will be transferred without disconnecting A value of 0 sets no limit Any value is in units of 512 bytes For example a value of 8 represents 4 Kbytes Values that are not multiples of 8 are rounded up to the closest multiple of 8 Data Transfer Disconnect Control This field defines further restrictions for when disconnect is permitted DTDC Description 00b Data transfer disconnect control is not used Disconnect is controlled by the other fields in this page 01b Once the data transfer of a command has been started a target does not attempt to disconnect until all the data to be transferred has been transferred 10b Reserved 11b Once the data transfer of a command has started a target does not attempt to disconnect until the command is complete If DTDC is a non zero value and the maximum burst size is non zero the tape drive returns CHECK CONDITION status sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and additional sense code set to ILLEGAL FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST Table 5 41 Disconnect Reconnect Page Field Descriptions 5 84 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued 5 9 4 CONTROL MODE PAGE 0Ah The Control Mode Page provides control over several featur
131. an occur to log information about significant events Refer to Table B 2 for a listing of the existing error codes that are found within event log packets Note These logs are informational only Error Code Meaning 0xA400 Hard READ Error Log 0xA401 Hard WRITE Error Log OxA402 Drive Error Log 0xA403 Loader Error Log OxA404 Calibration Log1 Error Entry OxA405 Calibration Log2 Error Entry 0xA406 EDC Error Detected by SCSI Port Code OxA407 Directory Read Fail OxA408 Directory Write Fail OxA409 Unload Information Statistics 0xA40B Media Quality Log 0OxA40C Spurious Eject 0x40D Directory Write on Unload Retries Failed 0x40E Directory Write after Read Retries Failed Ox40F Directory Read Retries Failure Directory Read and Write Fail recoverable events are discussed below Table B 2 Event Log Error Codes Bytes 9 10 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual B 3 Tandberg Data Appendix B Directory Failure Event Log Packets Directory failure event logs are written when a directory read or directory write request fails for any reason Table B 3 provides the description of important fields within the packet Note that the byte count begins at Byte 13 the location of the 1st event log byte within the event log packet Field Description Saved Overwrites Rereads Rewrites Directory Called Mode Tape Format Called New Flags These fields serve as temporary counters and have no
132. anization Version level Set to 0 ANSI SCSI Level 2 SCSI 2 is supported Asynchronous Event Notification is not supported Terminate I O Process The tape drive does not support the TERMINATE I O PROCESS message This Standard Inquiry Data is in SCSI 2 format Tape drive uses this field to indicate the number of additional bytes of INQUIRY Response Data available Set to 1 if a Media Changer Loader is present and EEPROM parameter EnbIngMedChgr is set to 1 This SCSI 3 bit indicates that the Read Element Status and Move Medium commands can be issued to the drive LUNO By default this bit is set to O on the DLT8000 drive Relative Addressing is not supported Set to 0 since the drive does not support 32 bit transfer The WBus bit is 1 since the drive supports 16 bit data transfer The drive supports Synchronous Data Transfers Linked Commands are supported The drive does not support Tagged Command Queuing The drive implements the hard reset option in response to assertion of the SCSI Bus reset line The value in this field is TANDBERG there is one space after the word Tandberg The value in this field is DLT8000 there is no space between DLT and 8000 and one space after DLT8000 Table 5 8 Standard Inquiry Data Page Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 21 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h continued Field Name Value Description Produ
133. ansfer data or control information The C D I O and MSG signals are used to distinguish between the different information transfer phases Table 3 5 The drive asserts these three signals and so controls all information transfer phase changes The drive can also cause a BUS FREE phase by releasing the MSG C D I O and BSY signals The initiator can request a MESSAGE OUT phase by asserting the ATN signal The information transfer phases use one or more REQ ACK handshakes to control the information transfer Each REQ ACK handshake allows the transfer of one byte of information During the information transfer phases the BSY signal remains true and the SEL signal remains false Additionally the drive continuously envelopes the REQ ACK handshake s with the C D I O and MSG signals in such a manner that these control signals are valid for one bus settle delay before the assertion of the REQ signal of the first handshake and remain valid after the negation of the ACK signal at the end of the handshake of the last transfer of the phase After the negation of the ACK signal of the last transfer of the phase the drive can prepare for a new phase by asserting or negating the C D I O and MSG signals These signals can be changed together or individually They can be changed in any order and can be changed more than once although each line should change only once A new phase does not begin until the REQ signal is asserted for the first byte of
134. ansferred The DATA OUT column in Table 5 5 lists the information passed to the drive by the initiator as part of the command The DATA IN column lists the information sent to the initiator by the drive Numbers in parentheses after an item indicate the item s length in bytes In some cases additional length information is communicated during the DATA phase 5 8 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands Data Out Data In Command Length in CDB To Drive To Initiator ERASE 0 INQUIRY Allocation Standard Inquiry or a Vital Product Data page LOAD UNLOAD 0 LOCATE 0 LOG SELECT Parameter List must be 0 LOG SENSE Allocation Log Page MODE SELECT 6 10 MODE SENSE 6 10 PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Parameter List Allocation Allocation Parameter Length Mode Parameter Header 4 Block Descriptor 8 Page s Parameter List Mode Parameter Header 4 Block Descriptor 8 Page s Parameter Data PREVENT ALLOW 0 MEDIUM REMOVAL READ Transfer Data READ BLOCK LIMITS Allocation Block Length Limits READ BUFFER Allocation Buffer Offset and Allocation Length READ POSITION Allocation Position Identifier or SCSI Logical Address RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC Allocation Diagnostic Page RESULTS RELEASE UNIT 0 REPORT DENSITY Allocation Density Support Header SUPPORT 4 Density Support
135. arget Not Found 25 19 Log Gap Encountered Blank Tape or No Data Encountered 26 1A End of Data or Filler Block Encountered 27 1B Filemark Encountered 28 1C EDC Error Found by FEZ ASIC FECC RAM Bad 29 1D Beginning of Medium Encountered 30 1E EDC Error 31 1F Hard WRITE Error FEZ ASIC Underrun 32 20 Hard WRITE Error READ Sync Timeout 33 21 Hard WRITE Error Overshoot Append 34 22 Hard WRITE Error CRC Error 35 23 EDC Error Found by FEZ ASIC FECC RAM OK 36 24 Timeout on Command to Medium Changer 37 25 Medium Changer UART Error Overrun 38 26 Medium Changer Response Length Error 39 27 Medium Changer Detected Error 40 28 Invalid Source Slot Table A 1 Internal Status Codes continued A 2 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands Decimal Hexadecimal Description 41 29 Invalid Destination Slot 42 2A Source Slot Empty 43 2B Destination Slot Full 44 2C Medium Changer Motion Error 45 2D Medium Changer Drive Interface Error 46 2E Medium Changer Slot Interface Error 47 2F Medium Changer Mechanical Error 48 30 Medium Changer Hardware Error 49 31 Medium Changer Controller Error 50 32 Unrecognized Medium Changer Subcommand 51 33 Medium Changer Fatal Error 52 34 Medium Changer is in Manual Mode 53 35 68020 Detected Communication Error with Servo Area 54 36 68020 Detected Drive Command Timeout 55 37 Calibration Failure 56 38 Bad Tape Format Table A 1 Internal Status Codes continued
136. as sent its IDENTIFY message for that RESELECTION phase 1 Before the initiator releases BSY provided the initiator asserted ATN 2 The initiator should only assert the ATN signal during a RESELECTION phase to transmit a BUS DEVICE RESET or DISCONNECT message Table 3 6 Drive MESSAGE OUT Phase Response The initiator keeps the ATN signal asserted if more than one byte is to be transferred The initiator can negate the ATN signal at any time except it does not negate the ATN signal while the ACK signal is asserted during a MESSAGE OUT phase Normally the initiator negates the ATN signal while the REQ signal is true and the ACK signal is false during the last REQ ACK handshake of the MESSAGE OUT phase Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 3 29 Tandberg Data SCSI Description 3 6 2 Reset Condition The tape drive responds to power on and or bus reset conditions as described All tape drive SCSI lines assert high impedance when the tape drive is powered off The drive does not generate any spurious signals on the SCSI bus when the drive is powered on Within five 5 seconds of power on and within 250 milliseconds typically under 4 milliseconds after a bus reset the tape drive responds to SCSI bus selections and returns the appropriate normal responses Tape motion commands are returned with Check Condition status Sense Key of Not Ready until the medium has been made ready The tape medium is rewound to Beginning of
137. at attempts a transfer to the target results in a reservation conflict ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS Allowed any initiator may reserve the logical unit extents or elements as long as the persistent reservations do not conflict with any reservations already known to the device server READS Exclusive any command from any initiator other than the initiator that holds the persistent reservation that attempts a transfer from the target results in a reservation conflict WRITES Shared any application client on any initiator may execute commands that perform transfers to the target from the initiator ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS Allowed any initiator may reserve the logical unit extents or elements as long as the persistent reservations do not conflict with any reservations already known to the device server continued Table 5 68 Persistent Reservation Type Codes and Their Meanings Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 155 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command 5Fh continued Description Code Name 3h Exclusive Access 4h Shared Access 5h WRITE Exclusive Registrants Only READS Exclusive any command from any initiator other than the initiator holding the persistent reservation that attempts a transfer from the target results in a reservation conflict WRITES Exclusive any command from any initiator other than the initiator holding the persistent reservation that attempts a t
138. at reservations are not persistent across power cycles The figure below illustrates the format of the PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN command the table that follows explains the data fields of the command Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte ooo S l E 0 Operation Code 5Eh 1 Reserved Service Action 2 6 Reserved MSB 7 8 Allocation Length LSB 9 Unused Reserved Flag Link Figure 5 64 PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command Descriptor Block Data 5 134 Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command 5Eh continued Data Field Service Action Allocation Length Description Service actions that require information about persistent reservation and registrations may require enabling of nonvolatile memory within the logical unit Service action codes available are Code Name Description 00h Read Keys Reads all registered Reservation keys Oth Read Reservations Reads all current persistent reservations 02 1Fh Reserved Reserved A Read Keys service action requests that the device server return a parameter list that includes a header and a complete list of all of the reservation keys currently registered with the device server If multiple initiators have registered with the same key then the key is listed multiple times once for each registration Refer to Figure 5 65 and Table 5 61 for information about Read Keys parameter data A
139. ata in the data that is returned in response to the INQUIRY This field contains information about the CDB for the Operation Code being queried Note that the first byte of the CDB Usage Data contains the OpCode for the operation specified All of the other bytes of the CDB Usage Data contain a map for bits in the CDB of the OpCode specified Table 5 13 Command Support Data Page Field Descriptions NOTE The bits in the map have a 1 to 1 correspondence to the CDB for the OpCode being queried That is if the device senses a bit as the entire field or as part of the field of the operation the map in CDB Usage Data contains a 1 in the corresponding bit position If the device ignores a bit or declares a bit as reserved in the CDB for the OpCode being queried the map has a 0 in that corresponding bit position Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 5 LOAD UNLOAD Command 1Bh The LOAD UNLOAD command tells the target to load or unload the tape media in the tape cartridge If no cartridge is in the tape drive both LOAD and UNLOAD return a CHECK CONDITION status with a NOT READY sense key set Likewise if the drive has received an UNLOAD command with the Immediate bit set and then it receives another command that would require tape motion or if it receives a TEST UNIT READY command the drive returns a CHECK CONDITION STATUS with a NOT READY sense key set NOTE Operation of the UNLOAD version o
140. ates over the SCSI bus This field indicates the maximum time that the drive will wait with a partially full buffer before forcing the data to tape 100 ms increments The buffer Full Empty ratio which is dynamic can cause data to be written sooner than the Write Delay Time would indicate The Write Delay Time defaults to 200 C8h This causes the buffer to be flushed in 20 seconds Maximum value is 6500 1964h and the minimum is 15 OFh This represents a range from 11 minutes down to 1 5 seconds Values between 0 and 15 on a MODE SELECT are rounded down to 0 This causes the data to go straight to the medium without delay DBR Data Buffer Recovery Not supported must be 0 BIS Block Identifiers Supported This field is supported Set to 1 RSmk Report Setmark Not supported must be 0 Table 5 44 Device Configuration Page Field Descriptions 5 90 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued Field Name AVC SOCF RBO REW Gap Size EOD Defined EEG SEW Buffer Size at Early Warning Select Data Compression Algorithm Description Automatic Velocity Control Not supported must be 0 Stop on Consecutive Filemarks Not supported must be 0 Recover Buffer Order Not supported must be 0 Report Early Warning Not supported must be 0 do not report Early Warning EOM on READ Not used must be 0 End of Data Defined This fiel
141. bed here and throughout the manual SCSI Messages This chapter provides a list and description of most messages sup ported by the tape system The SCSI message system allows com munication between SCSI initiators and SCSI targets the tape system in this case for interface management and for command elaboration and qualification SCSI Commands This chapter describes in detail each command supported by the tape system The SCSI command system enables an initiator to direct a tape system to perform a wide range of operational and diagnostic functions Definition of Vendor Unique Sense Data Information Appendix A provides a list of internal status codes related to the REQUEST SENSE SCSI command Sense Key Information Appendix B provides a list of tape system additional sense codes additional sense code qualifiers and their meanings EEPROM Resident Bugcheck and Event Logs Appendix C provides an explanation of the event logs stored in semi permanent non volatile memory Updating the Firmware Appendix D provides a step by step procedure for updating a tape system s PCBA controller resident firmware Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data About This Manual Appendix E Running the Basic Healt Check BHC Test Via the Library Port Appendix E explains how a trained service provider can run the DLT8000 tape system s BHC test on a tape drive that is configured as a component within a library Appendix F Visu
142. ber of bytes sent for an extended message is three The extended message format is shown in Figure 4 1 and the data fields are described in Table 4 3 4 2 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Messages Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Extended Message 01h 1 Extended Message Length 2 Extended Message Code 3 to Extended Message Arguments n 1 Figure 4 1 Extended Message Data Format Field l Description Extended Message Length This field specifies the length in bytes of the Extended Message Code plus the Extended Message Arguments that follow Therefore the total length of the message is equal to the Extended Message Length plus 2 A value of 0 for the Extended Message Length indicates that 256 bytes follow Extended Message Code The drive supports three Extended Messages They are 00h MODIFY DATA POINTER 01h SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST 03h WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST Table 4 53 Extended Message Field Description Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 4 3 Tandberg Data Messages 4 2 Supported SCSI Messages Following are descriptions of each of the messages supported by the drive 4 2 1 ABORT Message 06h This message is sent from the initiator to the target to clear the current I O process on the selected unit Buffered cached write operations are completed if possible The target goes directly to the BUS FREE phase after successful receipt of this message
143. block regardless of the setting of this bit the setting is ignored The logical block address values include all recorded objects blocks and filemarks Table 5 76 READ POSITION Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions 5 170 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands READ POSITION Command 34h continued NOTE The drive returns CHECK CONDITION with UNIT NOT READY sense key with the READ POSITION command if the media is not ready to be accessed 5 17 1 Standard READ POSITION Data When TCLP and Long bits are both set to 0 the data takes the following format Byte 1 Partition Number 2 3 Reserved MSB 4 7 First Block Location LSB MSB 8 11 Last Block Location LSB 12 Reserved MSB 13 15 Number of Blocks in Buffer LSB MSB 15 19 Number of Bytes in Buffer LSB Figure 5 78 READ POSITION Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 171 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands READ POSITION Command 34h continued Field Name BOP EOP BCU BYCU BPU PERR First Block Location Last Block Location Number of Bytes in Buffer Number of Bytes in Buffer Description Beginning of Partition When set to 1 indicates that the logical unit is at the beginning of partition in the current partition When 0 indicates that the current logical position is not at the beginning of partition Since the tape drive does not s
144. bus settle delay plus one bus clear delay ARBITRATION Phase The ARBITRATION phase allows one SCSI device to gain control of the SCSI bus so that it can initiate or resume an I O process The SCSI device arbitrates for the SCSI bus by asserting both the BSY signal and its own SCSI ID after a BUS FREE phase occurs Arbitration Sequence 1 2 The SCSI device waits for the BUS FREE phase to occur The SCSI device waits a minimum of one bus free delay after detection of the BUS FREE phase before driving any signal The SCSI device arbitrates for the SCSI bus by asserting the BSY signal and its SCSI ID The SCSI device waits at least an arbitration delay to determine arbitration results NOTE Step 4 requires that every device complete the arbitration phase to the point of SEL being asserted for a SELECTION or RESELECTION phase to avoid hanging the bus If a higher priority SCSI ID bit is true on the DATA BUS the SCSI device loses the arbitration The losing SCSI device releases the BSY signal and its SCSI ID bit within one bus clear delay after the SEL signal asserted by the arbitration winner becomes true Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 3 13 Tandberg Data SCSI Description 3 14 The losing SCSI device waits for the SEL signal to become true before releasing the BSY signal and SCSI ID bit when arbitration is lost The losing SCSI device returns to Step 1 If no higher priority SCSI ID bit is true
145. ck The request sense data is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST INVALID FIELD IN CDB Error conditions occur when A page is not supported The parameter pointer is larger than the highest numbered parameter on the page The SP bit is set to 1 The Allocation Length is smaller than the data being returned by the target PPC bit set to 1 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 49 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh continued 5 8 2 Supported Pages Log Page Page 00h When page 00h is requested the 4 byte page header is returned followed by the pages supported in ascending order one byte for each Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 om EEMS Es 0 Reserved Page Code 00h 1 Reserved 2 3 Page Length 05h LSB 4 00h 5 02h 6 03h 7 07h 8 2Eh 9 32h 10 33h ity 3Eh Figure 5 19 Supported Pages Page Data Format 5 50 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh continued 5 8 3 READ Page 03h WRITE Page 02h ERROR LOG SENSE Page Each Log page begins with a 4 byte header followed by a number of log parameter blocks Each block consists of 8 bytes except for parameter code 05h The log parameter block for the parameter total bytes processed 05h is 12 bytes since the parameter value is 8 bytes long LOG PAGE HEADER Bit 6 5 3 2 0 Byte 0 Reserved Page Code 1 Reserved
146. compaction the DLT8000 tape system features a formatted capacity of 80 0 GB and a sustained user data transfer rate of up to 12 MB second native capacity is 40 0 GB native data transfer rate is 6 0 MB second The device is an extended length 5 25 inch form factor half inch tape system The design includes a four channel read write head Lempel Ziv LZ high efficiency data compression and tape mark directory to maximize data throughput and minimize data access time The tape system is available either as an integrated or embedded drive or as a tabletop version The tabletop version is packaged in a housing and includes its own cooling fan and power supply requiring ac power 1 2 Key Features e 40 0 GB Native 80 0 GB Compressed Capacity e Superior Error Detection and Correction e Extensive Embedded Diagnostic Self Test Software e Dual Speed Recording e Fast access to Data via Tape Mark Directory e Tape Loadable Firmware Actual transfer rate and capacity will vary depending on data Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 1 1 Tandberg Data General Description and Specifications 1 3 Specifications This section of Chapter 1 provides the performance physical environmental and electrical specifications for the tape system Specifications for the DLTtape tape media cartridges are included 1 3 1 Drive Capacity Table 1 1 provides the ranges of capacity native and compressed for the tape system depending o
147. continued Operating Conditions Temperature 50 to 104 F 10 to 40 C Relative Humidity 20 to 80 non condensing Storage Conditions With Data Without Data Temperature 64 to 79 F 18 to 26 C 61 to 89 F 16 to 32 C Relative Humidity 40 to 60 non 20 to 80 non condensing condensing Table 1 13 DLTtape Cartridge Operating and Storage Limits 1 14 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data General Description and Specifications 1 3 16 Electromagnetic Interference EMI Susceptibility This section presents tables that provide the specifications for conducted emissions radiated emissions magnetic radiated susceptibility radiated susceptibility conducted susceptibility and ESD failure limits Regulations and certifications for the tape system include For electromagnetic emissions e CSA 108 8 e EEC Directive 89 336 EN55022 and national standards are based on e BS6527 Uk e NEN55022 Netherlands e VDE 0971 Class B Germany e CE Mark Cispr22 Class B e FCC Rules Part 15B e Class B Certification NOTE Limits for Class B equipment are in the frequency range from 0 15 to 30 MHz The limit decreases linearly with the logarithm of the frequency in the range from 0 15 to 0 50 MHz Frequency Range MHz Limits dB Quasi Peak Average 0 15 to 0 05 66 to 56 56 to 46 0 50 to 5 56 46 5 to 30 60 50 The limit decreases with the logarithm of the freq
148. cope Type MSB ele Extent Length LSB Figure 5 67 PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Read Reservations Descriptor Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 139 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command 5Eh continued Data Field Description Reservation The Reservation key field contains an 8 byte value that identifies the reservation Key key under which the persistent reservation is held Scope If the Scope field Byte 13 bits 4 7 represents an Extent reservation the Scope Specific Specific Address field contains the logical block address LBA of the first block of Address the extent and the Extent Length field Bytes 14 15 contains the number of blocks in the extent If the Scope field represents an Element reservation the Scope Specific Address field contains the Element address zero filled in the most significant bytes to fit the field and the Extent Length field is set to zero Scope The value in this field indicates whether a persistent reservation applies to an entire logical unit to a part of the logical unit defined as an extent or to an element The values for the Scope field are Code Name Description Oh LU Logical Unit Persistent reservation applies to the full logical unit The LU scope is therefore implemented by all device servers that implement PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT th Extent Persistent reservation applies to the specified extent When Exten
149. cribed in the ANSI SCSI 2 specification is not supported The RESERVE UNIT command is defined the same as for the tape drive The whole loader unit may be reserved This is separate from a reservation of the tape drive The RESERVE UNIT RELEASE UNIT commands operate on a LUN basis The Medium Changer and the tape drive are generally handled as different devices In the case of a reserved drive LUN a MOVE MEDIUM command issued to the Medium Changer LUN cannot insert or remove a tape cartridge to or from a tape drive unless the tape drive is reserved by the same initiator 5 204 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 25 RESERVE UNIT 10 Command 56h The RESERVE UNIT and the RELEASE UNIT commands are used for contention resolution in multiple initiator systems The RESERVE UNIT 10 command is a 10 byte command that is used to reserve a logical unit The RESERVE UNIT 10 Command Descriptor Block is shown in Figure 5 92 and the data fields are described in Table 5 91 If RESERVE UNIT 10 is used then RELEASE UNIT 10 is also used Bit 7 6 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 56h 1 Reserved 3rdPty Reserved LongID Extent 2 Reservation Identification 3 Third Party Device ID 4 6 Reserved MSB 7 8 Parameter List Length LSB 9 Unused Reserved Flag Link Figure 5 92 RESERVE UNIT 10 Command Descriptor Block Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 205 Tandberg Da
150. criptor Data Format Descriptions of the MODE SENSE page descriptor fields are provided in the table below Detailed descriptions of each of the MODE SENSE Pages follow Field Name Description PS Parameters Savable When 0 the supported parameters cannot be saved savable pages are not supported When set to 1 it indicates that the page can be saved in nonvolatile memory by the drive Additional Page This field indicates the number of bytes in the page Note that this Length value does not include bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned on MODE SENSE and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT Table 5 52 MODE SENSE Page Descriptor Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 115 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah continued Page codes and pages that are supported are Page Code Description SENSE SELECT Section 00h No Requested Page SENSE Oih READ WRITE Error Recovery Page BOTH 5 10 3 1 02h Disconnect Reconnect Page BOTH 5 10 3 2 OAh Control Mode Page BOTH 5 10 3 3 OFh Data Compression Page BOTH 5 10 3 4 10h Device Configuration Page BOTH 5 10 3 5 11h Medium Partition Page BOTH 5 10 3 6 1Ch TapeAlert Page BOTH 5 10 3 7 3Eh EEPROM Vendor Unique Page BOTH 5 10 3 8 3Fh All Pages Except EEPROM BOTH 5 116 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah
151. ct Revision Level This field contains 4 bytes of ASCII data that provides the drive s firmware revision levels The first two bytes are the version number of servo code The second two bytes are the version number of the SCSI read write code When a firmware update is performed on the DLT drive this part of the firmware revision level will change to reflect that update quotation marks will not appear Vendor Specific See Section 5 4 2 for details NOTE Vendor Information Product Identification and Product Revision Level are returned as shown in Figure 5 6 Table 5 8 Standard Inquiry Data Page Field Descriptions continued 5 22 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h continued 5 4 2 Vendor Unique Inquiry Data The following information can be used to precisely identify the revision of subsystem components Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Byte 36 Product Family 8 Released Firmware 37 Firmware Major Version 38 Firmware Minor Version 39 EEPROM Format Major Version 40 EEPROM Format Minor Version 41 Firmware Personality 42 Firmware Sub Personality 43 Vendor Unique Subtype 44 Controller Hardware Version 45 Drive EEPROM Version 46 Drive Hardware Version 47 Media Loader Firmware Version 48 Media Loader Hardware Version 49 Media Loader Mechanical Version 5
152. cutes a Register service action it registers a reservation key with a device server without generating a reservation The device server holds these reservation keys from each initiator that performs a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command with a Register service action until the key is changed by a new PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command with Register service action from the same initiator or until the initiator registration is removed by e Powering down the logical unit if the last Activate Persist Through Power Loss APTPL see Figure 5 69 and Table 5 69 received by the device server was 0 e Performing a Clear service action e Performing a Pre empt service action e Performing a Pre empt and Clear service action or e Performing a Register service action from the same initiator with the value of the service action reservation key set to 0 When a reservation key has not yet been established or when the reservation key has been removed a reservation key of 0 is used when the initiator performs a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT with the Register service action When the reservation has been removed no information is reported for the initiator in the Read Keys service action of the resulting PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN command A PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command with Reserve service action creates a persistent reservation with a specified Scope and Type Persistent reservations are not superseded by a new persistent reservation from any i
153. d 1 Relative Addressing is not supported by the tape drive Therefore in all O commands the RelAdr bit must be 0 2 RESERVE UNIT and RELEASE UNIT by Logical Unit Number are supported as are third party reservations Extent reservations are not supported 3 The RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS and SEND DIAGNOSTIC DATA commands implement vendor unique pages to test the drive during the manufacturing process It is recommended that initiators specify only the non page format variants of these commands PF 0 except for page 0x40 4 The DLT tape drive does not act as an initiator on the SCSI bus Therefore the drive will not 1 generate unsolicited interrupts to the host 2 initiate its own SCSI commands or 3 assert bus reset Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 1 1 SCSI Pointers SCSI architecture provides a set of three pointers called saved pointers for each T O process The three pointers are Command Status and Data When an I O process becomes active the three saved pointers are copied to the initiator as current pointers There is only one set of current pointers in the initiator at one time The current pointers point to the next command data or status byte to be transferred between the initiator s memory and the drive The saved and current pointers reside in the initiator The saved command pointer always points to the start of the Command Descriptor Block for the I O process
154. d downward sweep Acceleration Level 1G 5 500 5 Hz Application X Y and Z axes Sweep rate 1 octave per minute 0 010 inch DA Between 5 31 Hz crossover Vibration Type Random Frequency Range 10 500 Hz Acceleration Level 2g PSD Envelope 0 008 g42 Hz Application X Y and Z axes 60 minutes axis Non Operating Packaged Repetitive Shock Specifications Excitation Type Synchronous vertical motion 1 inch excursion Shock Bounce Cycles 14 200 total Application Half cycles each in X and Y orientations 2 7100 impacts in the shipping orientation 3500 impacts in the remaining two axes Non Operating Unpackaged Shock Specifications Pulse Shape Square wave Peak Acceleration 40G Duration 10ms 180 inches second Application X Y and Z axes twice in each axis once each direction Pulse Shape sine pulse Peak Acceleration 140G Duration 2ms Application X Y and Z axes twice in each axis once each direction Table 1 5 Vibration and Shock Specifications continued 1 8 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data General Description and Specifications Non Operating Packaged Drop Specifications Test Type Drop Shock Drop Height 30 inches for items lt 20 9 Ibs 9 48 kg 23 inches for items between 21lbs 9 52 kg and 40 9 Ibs 18 55 kg Application 10 drops total 1 each side 3 edges 1 corner Table 1 6 Drop Specifications 1 3 9 Altitude The following table p
155. d must be set to 00h Enable End of Data Generation Set to 1 This field indicates that the drive will generate an EOD The drive generates an EOD mark before any change of direction following a WRITE type operation This bit is ignored however on MODE SELECT Synchronize at Early Warning Must be set to 1 Not supported must be 0 When set to 1 enables data compression When 0 disables data compression The setting on the front panel of the tape drive overrides any setting of MODE SELECT but no error will result If the setting is returned to the automatic mode on the front panel of the tape drive the value from the last MODE SELECT command determines whether compression is enabled or disabled Table 5 44 Device Configuration Page Field Descriptions continued Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 91 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued 5 9 7 MEDIUM PARTITION PAGE 11h The drive supports the Medium Partition Parameters Page which is used to specify the medium partitions Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte PS 0 0 Page Code 11h Additional Page Length 06 Maximum Additional Partitions 0 Additional Partitions Defined 0 FDP 0 SDP 0 IDP 0 PSUM 0 Reserved Medium Format Recognition 01 TELLER Reserved Figure 5 46 Medium Partition Page Format Descriptor Data Format 5 92 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual
156. d versions of the tape drive are available 3 Odd parity is generated during all information transfer phases during which the device writes data to the SCSI bus and parity is checked during all transfer phases in which data is read from the bus by the tape drive Parity checking can be disabled Chapter 2 4 The ANSI SCSI specification refers to mini libraries as medium changers In this chapter the term mini libraries is used to describe these devices 5 The DLT8000 supports block size of 1 byte to 16 Mbytes 6 Disconnects from the SCSI bus are done at regular intervals during information transfer phases to allow other devices to access the bus These disconnects are user configurable via the Disconnect Reconnect Page of the SCSI MODE SELECT command Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 3 19 Tandberg Data SCSI Description NOTES CONTINUED 7 The tape drive does not act as an initiator on the SCSI bus Therefore the drive does not 1 generated unsolicited interrupts to the bus 2 initiate its own SCSI commands and 3 assert bus reset 8 Amini library subsystem is assigned two logical unit numbers LUNs the tape drive is always LUN 0 and the mini library component has a default LUN of 1 but may be reconfigured to any LUN from 0 to 15 via the SCSI MODE SELECT command The COMMAND DATA STATUS and MESSAGE phases are known as the Information Transfer Phases because they are used to tr
157. data fields of the command 5 146 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command 5Fh continued Bit Byte APR he ee ee Operation Code 5Fh Reserved Service Action 2 Scope Type 3 6 Reserved MSB ae Parameter List Length 18h LSB 9 Unused Reserved Flag Figure 5 68 PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command Descriptor Block Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 147 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command 5Fh continued Data Field Description Service Service actions that require information about persistent reservation and Action registrations may require enabling of nonvolatile memory within the logical unit Service action codes available are Code 00h Oth 02h 03h 04h 05h Name Register Reserve Release Clear Pre empt Pre empt amp Clear 06 1FhReserved Description Register a reservation key with the device server Create a persistent reservation using a reservation key Release a persistent reservation Clear all reservation keys and all persistent reservations Pre empt persistent reservations from another initiator Pre empt persistent reservations from another initiator and clear the task set for the pre empted initiator Reserved Refer to Table 5 67 for detailed descriptions of each of the service action codes contin
158. default density 19h 62500 bpi 64 track pairs serial cartridge tape 10 0 GB DLTtape III 15 0 GB DLTtape IIIXT 1Ah 81633 bpi 64 track pairs serial cartridge tape 20 0 GB DLTtape IV 1Bh 85937 bpi 52 track quads serial cartridge tape 35 0 GB DLTtape IV 4ih 98250 bpi 52 track quads serial cartridge tape 40 0 GB DLTtape IV The density codes above are the preferred codes used to define density Additionally the codes listed below may be used though use of the Data Compression Page is preferred 7Fh No change from previous density No Operation 80h 62500 bpi 64 track pairs serial cart tape 10 0 GB DLTtape III 15 0GB DLTtape IIIXT without compression 81h 62500 bpi 64 track pairs serial cart tape 20 0 GB DLTtape IlI 30 0GB DLTtape IIIXT with compression 82h 81633 bpi 64 track pairs serial cart tape 20 0 GB DLTtape IV without compression 83h 81633 bpi 64 track pairs serial cart tape 40 GB DLTtape IV with compression 84h 85937 bpi 52 track quads serial cartridge tape 35 GB DLTtape IV without compression 85h 85937 bpi 52 track quads serial cartridge tape 70 GB DLTtape IV with compression 88h 98250 bpi 52 track quads serial cartridge tape 40 GB DLTtape IV without compression 89h 98250 bpi 52 track quads serial cartridge tape 80 GB DLTtape IV with compression Number of Blocks This MODE SENSE field is sent 0 indicating that all of the remaining log
159. device server that attempts a transfer to the target results in a reservation conflict ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS Allowed any initiator may reserve the logical unit extents or elements as long as the persistent reservations to not conflict with any reservations already known to the device server continued Table 5 68 Persistent Reservation Type Codes and Their Meanings continued 5 156 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command 5Fh continued Code 6h 7h Fh Name Exclusive Access Registrants Only Reserved Description READS Exclusive any command from an initiator that has not previously performed a Register service action with the device server that attempts a transfer from the target results in a reservation conflict WRITES Exclusive any command from an initiator that has not previously performed a Register service action with the device server that attempts a transfer to the target results in a reservation conflict ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS Allowed any initiator may reserve the N A logical unit extents or elements as long as the persistent reservations to not conflict with any reservations already known to the device server Table 5 68 Persistent Reservation Type Codes and Their Meanings continued The PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command requires a parameter list illustrated in the following figure and defined in
160. dicated in Figure E 2 and ensure that the small plastic tab is partially visible This is the second reel lock The reel locks can break if the cartridge is dropped This may be the cause of any rattling sound you hear when you gently shake the tape cartridge Jf this reel lock tab is not visible do not use the cartridge Also located on the bottom of the tape cartridge is the spring loaded hub Verify that the hub is centered within the circular opening in the tape cartridge Gently press the hub and make sure that it springs back into place Make sure that it ends up centered within its circular opening E 4 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Appendix B The Super DLTtape I Cartridge 6 Ensure that the tape leader within the tape cartridge is in the correct position To do this you must open the tape cartridge door Refer to Figure E 3 LeaderLoop Figure E 3 Opening the Door on a DLTtape Cartridge Showing Tape Leader Loop in its Correct Position Open the door by holding the DLTtape cartridge as shown in Figure E 3 On the right side corner of the tape cartridge there is a small tab in a cut out portion of the cartridge Using your thumb gently lift up on the tab and swing the door open Figure E 3 Inside the door you will see the tape and cartridge leader loop The loop should stick up about an eighth of an inch when viewed from the edge the loop must be a closed loop Jf the loop is torn bent pulled in or n
161. ding the persistent reservation results in a reservation conflict The initiator that holds the persistent reservation can reserve the logical unit extents or elements as long as the persistent reservations do not conflict with any reservations already known to the device server Shared any application client on any initiator may execute commands that perform transfers from the target to the initiator Shared any application client on any initiator may execute commands that perform transfers to the target from the initiator Restricted any PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command with the Reserve service action from any initiator other than the initiator holding the persistent reservation results in a reservation conflict The initiator that holds the persistent reservation can reserve the logical unit extents or elements as long as the persistent reservations do not conflict with any reservations already known to the device server continued Table 5 64 Persistent Reservation Type Codes and Their Meanings continued Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 143 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command 5Eh continued Code Name Description 5h WRITE Registrants Only 6h Exclusive Registrants Only 7h Fh Reserved READS Shared any application client on any initiator may execute commands that perform transfers from the target to the initiator WRITES Exclusive any command from an i
162. e Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued 5 9 10 Changeable Parameters within MODE SELECT The table below lists the MODE SELECT command s changeable parameters and their default minimum and maximum values Descriptions of the various parameters are provided in the discussions of the different mode pages within MODE SELECT Note that parameter rounding is supported for all parameters except for the block descriptor length Page Parameter Header Buffered Mode Device Specific Byte Header Speed Device Specific Byte Block Descriptor Length Block Descriptor Block Length 10 0 GB and 20 0 GB Mode 20 0 GB and 40 0 GB Mode 35 0 GB and 70 0 GB Mode 40 0 GB and 80 0 GB Mode READ WRITE Error Recovery 01h PER bit Control Mode OAh RLEC Data Compression OFh DCE Disconnect Reconnect 02h Maximum Burst Size Disconnect Reconnect 02h DTDC Device Configuration 10h WRITE Delay Time Device Configuration 10h SEW Device Configuration 10h Select Data Compression Algorithm Default 1 0 08h OnO G DT O D 0080h C8h Minimum Maximum 0 1 0 3 00h 08h 0 FFFFFEh 0 FFFFFEh 0 FFFFFEh 0 FFFFFEh 0 1 0 1 0 1 0000h FFFFh 0 3 Fh 1964h 0 1 0 1 Table 5 48 Changeable Mode Parameters within MODE SELECT Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 105 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 10 MODE
163. e 80h Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type Page Code 80h Reserved Page Length OAh o ne fo _ o Serial Number Figure 5 8 Unit Serial Number Page Data Format Field Name Description Serial Number The serial number given is the serial number of the module or the drive typically starting with CX indicating the site of manufacture If the drive serial number is valid then it is reported otherwise the module serial number is reported The serial number can be found on the bar code label The serial number is returned in ASCII Table 5 10 Unit Serial Number Page Field Descriptions 5 26 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h continued The Device Identification Page 83h Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type 1 Page Code 83h 2 Reserved 3 Page Length n 3 4 n Identification Descriptors Figure 5 9 Device Identification Page Data Format There are three different Device Identification Descriptors returned in numerical order of the Identifier Type Each Identification Descriptor takes the following form Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Reserved Code Set 1 Reserved Association Identifier Type 2 Reserved 3 Page Length
164. e BHC test via the front panel note that the BHC test cannot be run if a SEND DIAGNOSTIC command is in progress or if the BHC Test is already running Running the BHC Test Using the Front Panel 1 Press and hold the Density Select Button Figure 13 for five seconds The Density Override Indicator Figure 2 13 flashes for five seconds After the five seconds the top two Density Indicators Figure 2 13 will illuminate 2 Release then momentarily hold the Density Select Button The top two Density Indicators will flash indicating that the BHC test is running The two Density Indicators continue to flash while the test proceeds NOTES 1 If the Density Select Button is pressed and held for fewer than five seconds the BHC test will not run and the Density Indicators return to their original state 2 Ifthe Density Select Button is not released then momentarily pressed again the BHC test will not run and the Density Indicators return to their original state If the test passes the top four Density Indicators illuminate steadily for five seconds then return to their original state If the test fails the top four Density Indicators flash on and off for five seconds then return to their original state 2 42 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System 2 9 Troubleshooting Use Table 2 15 for troubleshooting tips in the event that your tape system fails its
165. e System e The ambient operating environment for the tape cartridge is Temperature 10 C to 40 C 50 F to 104 F Relative Humidity 20 to 80 non condensing If storage and or transportation of a tape cartridge has exposed it to conditions outside the ambient values above you should condition the tape cartridge to its operating environment for a 24 hour period e Place labels only in the front slide slot of the cartridge Do not put any label on the top bottom sides or rear of the cartridge This may interfere with normal cartridge operation and may damage other subsystem components e Do not use graphite pencils water soluble felt pens or other debris producing writing instruments on your labels Never erase a label replace it e Make sure you place the unused cartridge labels in the protective box so that you do not inadvertently pick them up along with the cartridge during subsequent usage A static electricity charge on a cartridge may cause a label to cling to the cartridge A label that is accidentally inserted into the system along with a cartridge can prevent the hub reel and system gear from meshing e Follow all instructions for tape cartridge handling that accompany your cartridges or tape system Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 2 23 Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System 2 4 2 Tape Cartridge Write Protect Switch Tape Cartridge Label End
166. e and During Operation Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 2 25 Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System 2 4 3 Checking a Tape Cartridge Before you insert any tape cartridge you should inspect it to ensure that it is not damaged Refer to Appendix F for a detailed visual mechanical inspection procedure and other DLTtape cartridge related information e Open the tape cartridge door and check the position of the tape leader e Close the tape cartridge door and shake the cartridge listening for a rattle sound CAUTION If the tape leader is missing or incorrectly positioned or if you hear a rattling sound the cartridge may be damaged Inserting a damaged cartridge into a tape system will damage the system Discard any damaged tape cartridges 2 26 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System 2 4 4 Loading a Cartridge NOTE Because this section of the manual includes descriptions of the states of indicators on the tape system it may be useful to review sections of this chapter that describe tape system indicators their states and meanings of states Follow these steps to load a tape cartridge into the front panel of the tape system Figure 2 13 illustrates the tape system s front panel Write Protected Indicator Six Yellow Indicators 10 0 15 0 20 0 35 0 40 0 e a a Compress Densi
167. e code ROM EDC is verified two queues used by much of the controller software are checked by dequeuing and enqueuing items If a loader Medium Changer is configured the test attempts a software reset on the loader This test does not attempt a WRITE or READ to or from the tape medium When complete any errors that occur are reported in the extended Sense Data bytes This Level 1 test has an execution time of approximately five 5 seconds Specify the Electronics Self Test by setting the Selftst bit to 1 and both the DevOfl and UnitOfl bits to 0 Read Write Functionality Test Level 2 Test The default version of this test does the following Writes 500 32 KB records on track 0 forward motion Rewinds the tape Reads the records Positions to the beginning of track 1 backward motion Writes 500 32 KB records on track 1 Repositions to the beginning of track 1 Reads the records COR ONS ON a a Rewinds the tape The execution time for this Level 2 test is approximately 6 minutes if calibration is not required Specify the Read Write test by setting both the Selftst bit and the UnitOfl bit to 1 and ensuring that the DevOfl bit to 0 A Level 3 or test type ID is available with user defined parameters In addition SEND DIAGNOSTIC can be used to invoke the BHC test Figure 5 98 and Table 5 97 Note that the BHC feature is provided for use only by a trained service provider 5 212 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandbe
168. e drive discards the INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR message and sets the Sense Key to ABORTED COMMAND sets the Additional Sense Code to INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR MESSAGE RECEIVED It sends the CHECK CONDITION status and the COMMAND COMPLETE message and then goes to the BUS FREE phase Table 4 7 Drive Response to INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR Message 4 8 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Messages 4 2 8 LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE Message 0Ah This message is sent from a target to an initiator to indicate that the execution of a linked command with the FLAG bit set to zero is complete and that status has been sent The initiator then sets the pointers to the initial state for the next command If received by a target this message is handled as an illegal message the drive enters the MESSAGE IN phase and returns MESSAGE REJECT 4 2 9 LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE with Flag Message OBh This message is sent from a target to an initiator to indicate that the execution of a linked command with the FLAG bit set to one is complete and that status has been sent 4 2 10 MESSAGE PARITY ERROR Message 09h This message is sent from the initiator to tell the drive that the last message byte the drive passed on to the initiator contained a parity error To indicate that it intends to send the message the initiator sets the ATN signal before it releases ACK for the REQ ACK handshake of the message that has the parity error Th
169. e drive does not report a GOOD status on WRITE commands until the data blocks are actually written to tape If the field is 1 then the drive reports GOOD status on WRITE commands as soon as the data block has been transferred to the buffer This is the default configuration of the drive Note that if Buffered Mode is not used the tape drive will suffer a degradation in performance but not in capacity The default setting 0 Tape system will attempt to match the drive s throughput with the host data throughput Other available settings are 1 Bus Speed Below 5 0 MB sec 2 Bus Speed 5 0 6 0 MB sec 3 Bus Speed of 6 0 MB sec or more NOTE This applies to DLT8000 format only This field specifies the length in bytes of all of the block descriptors Since the drive only supports one block descriptor this value is 08h Table 5 50 MODE SENSE Data Header Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 111 Tandberg Data SCS Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah continued 5 10 2 MODE SENSE Block Descriptor The illustration below describes the MODE SENSE block descriptor that follows the MODE SENSE header Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Density Code MSB 1 3 Number of Blocks 000000h LSB 4 Reserved MSB 5 7 Block Length LSB Figure 5 55 MODE SENSE Block Descriptor Data Format Descriptions of the MODE SENSE blocks are provided in the table on the followin
170. e page are returned NOTE Because of the length of the parameter list use MODE SENSE 10 instead of MODE SENSE 6 to retrieve EEPROM parameters Because of the length of the list of EEPROM parameters a 10 byte MODE SENSE command is required If a 6 byte MODE SENSE command is used for retrieval the data is returned as follows Send a 10 byte MODE SENSE command to get the Parameter List The data returned by the 10 byte MODE SENSE command for the EEPROM page is in the form of a MODE SENSE 10 data header followed by block and page descriptors The data in the page descriptor is organized in the form of a parameter header followed by the actual parameter s value The parameter is as follows Name T Current Default Minimum Maximum Name refers to the parameter name for example PRODUCTID or DEFAULTCOMPON T designates data type b indicates binary A indicates string type and if there is no designator the data is in decimal Current Default Minimum and Maximum specify the current default minimum and maximum values of the parameter Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 133 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 11 PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command 5Eh The PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN command is a 10 byte command used to obtain information about persistent reservations and reservations that are active within a device server It is used in conjunction with the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command Note th
171. e returns results of the tape drive s on going self diagnosis so that the tape drive s behavior can be monitored and high reliability ensured The TapeAlert page is read from the tape drive at the beginning of each READ WRITE activity after any fatal errors occur during a READ WRITE at the end of any tape cartridge when the READ WRITE activity continues onto another tape cartridge and at the end of each READ WRITE activity The flags Table 5 26 are set or cleared by the tape drive when the failure or corrective action occurs TAPE ALERT LOG PAGE HEADER Pe ae ee TT Bit Byte 0 Page Code 2Eh 1 Reserved 2 3 Page Length LSB Figure 5 24 TapeAlert LOG SENSE Header Format Field Name Description Page Code The Page Code echoes the page code that was specified in the LOG SENSE command descriptor block Page Length The Page Length field specifies the total number of bytes contained in this log page not including the four bytes that make up the header Table 5 24 TapeAlert LOG SENSE Header Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 57 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh continued TAPE ALERT LOG PARAMETERS Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 5n 1 MSB to Parameter Code n 5n LSB 5n 1 DU DS TSD ETC TMC Rsv d LP 5n 2 Parameter Length 1 5n 3 Value of TapeAlert Flag Flag is set when Bit 0 1 Bits 1 7 are Reserved
172. ectric motors Never apply adhesive labels or POST IT notes on the top side or bottom of your DLTtape cartridge Only use the user slide in type label provided with each cartridge and slide it over the label slot on the cartridge Do not carry cartridges loosely in a box or any other container Allowing cartridges to hit together exposes the them to unnecessary physical shock Do not touch or allow direct contact with tape or tape leader Dust or natural skin oils can contaminate the tape and impact tape performance Do not expose the tape cartridge to moisture or direct sunlight Do not insert any cartridge that has been dropped into the DLTtape drive without at least a thorough visual inspection as described in this paper A dropped cartridge may have dislodged loosened or damaged internal components Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual E 1 Tandberg Data Appendix E VISUAL MECHANICAL INSPECTION PROCEDURE When should you perform a visual mechanical inspection VMI ona DLTtape cartridge You should do a VMI As a general practice whenever you change or load a new tape cartridge If a tape cartridge is dropped or subject to some hard physical shock If the DLTtape drive becomes inoperable after loading a tape cartridge If you receive a shipment of tape cartridges that show any sign of shipping damage Follow these steps to visually inspect a DLTtape cartridge 1 Remove the tape cartridge from its protective pla
173. ed 5 154 Table 5 67 PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command s Service Action Descriptions continued Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual th 2h Tandberg Data SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command 5Fh continued Table Table 5 68 presents the definitions of the characters of the available Type values from the Type field of the PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Read Reservations parameters Each of the codes provides handling instructions for READ operations for WRITE operations and for subsequent attempts to establish persistent reservations referred to as Additional Reservations Allowed in the table READ Shared WRITE Exclusive READ Exclusive Description READS Shared any application client on any initiator may execute commands that perform transfers from the target to the initiator WRITES Prohibited any command from any initiator that performs a transfer from the initiator to the target results in a reservation conflict ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS Allowed any initiator may reserve the logical unit extents or elements as long as the persistent reservations do not conflict with any reservations already known to the device server READS Shared any application client on any initiator may execute commands that perform transfers from the target to the initiator WRITES Exclusive any command from any initiator other than the initiator that holds the persistent reservation th
174. ed This field reports the maximum number of re reads that are attempted before declaring an unrecoverable error This field reports the maximum number or overwrite retries that are attempted before declaring an unrecoverable error Table 5 53 READ WRITE Error Recovery Page Field Descriptions 5 118 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah continued 5 10 3 2 The tape drive supports the DISCONNECT RECONNECT Page The format for the page is illustrated below DISCONNECT RECONNECT Page 02h Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 PS 0 Page Code 02h 1 Additional Page Length OEh 2 Buffer Full Ratio 0 3 Buffer Empty Ratio 0 MSB 4 5 Bus Inactivity Limit 0 LSB MSB 6 7 Disconnect Time Limit 0 LSB MSB 8 9 Connect Time Limit 0 LSB MSB 10 11 Maximum Burst Size LSB 12 Reserved DTDC 13 Reserved 14 Reserved 15 Reserved Figure 5 58 Disconnect Reconnect Page Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 119 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah continued Field Name PS Additional Page Length Buffer Full Ratio Buffer Empty Ratio Bus Inactivity Limit Disconnect Time Limit Connect Time Limit Maximum Burst Size DTDC Description Parameters Savable When 0 the supported parameters ca
175. ed this field must be 0 Fixed Data Partitions Must be 0 Select Data Partitions Must be 0 Initiator Defined Patrons Must be 0 Partition Size Unit of Measure Must be 0 Set to Oth indicating that automatic format recognition is supported Table 5 58 Medium Partition Page Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 129 Tandberg Data SCS Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah continued 5 10 3 7 TAPEALERT PAGE 1Ch The TapeAlert configuration settings can be read via the MODE SENSE command s TapeAlert Page Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PS 0 0 Page Code 1Ch Additional Page Length 0A Reserved MRIE 0 1 2 Perf Reserved DExcpt Test Rsvd LogErr E E E MSB 4 7 Interval Timer LSB MSB 8 11 Report Count Test Flag Number LSB Figure 5 63 TapeAlert Page Format Descriptor Data Format 5 130 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah continued Field Name Description PS Additional Page Length Perf DExcpt Parameters Savable For MODE SELECT this bit must be 0 This field indicates the number bytes in the page However the value does not include bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned in MODE SENSE commands and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT If the page length does not match t
176. ee primary objectives of SCSI 2 1 3 To provide host computers with device independence within a class of devices To be backward compatible with SCSI 1 devices that support bus parity and that meet conformance level 2 of SCSI 1 To move device dependent intelligence to the SCSI 2 devices Important features of SCSI 2 implementation include the following Efficient peer to peer I O bus with up to 16 devices Asynchronous transfer rates that depend only on device implementation and cable length Logical addressing for all data blocks rather than physical addressing Multiple initiators and multiple targets Distributed arbitration bus contention logic Command queuing Command set enhancement Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 3 1 Tandberg Data SCSI Description 3 2 SCSI Commands ANSI classifies SCSI commands as mandatory optional or vendor specific The mandatory and optional commands implemented for the drives are summarized in Table 3 1 and described fully in Chapter 5 SCSI Commands Command Code Class Description ERASE INQUIRY LOAD UNLOAD LOCATE LOG SELECT LOG SENSE 19h 12h 1Bh 2Bh 4Ch 4Dh Mandatory Mandatory Optional Optional Optional Optional Causes part of all of the tape medium to be erased beginning at the current position on the logical unit Requests that information about the tape drive be sent to the initiator Causes tape to
177. een Operate Handle indicator illuminates steadily lift the tape system cartridge Insert Release handle to its open position to eject the cartridge 3 Remove the cartridge 4 Push the Insert Release handle to its closed position Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 2 29 Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System 2 4 6 How and When to Use a Cleaning Tape Cartridge NOTE Because this section of the manual includes descriptions of the states of indicators on the tape system it may be useful to review sections of this chapter that describe tape system indicators their states and meanings of states Use Table 2 9 to determine when to use a cleaning tape cartridge If The Use Cleaning Tape indicator is steadily illuminated A data tape cartridge causes Use Cleaning Tape indicator to be illuminated steadily following the use of a cleaning cartridge It means The recording head needs cleaning or the tape is bad The data cartridge may be damaged And you should Use the cleaning cartridge Follow the instructions in this chapter for loading a cartridge into the tape system When cleaning completes the Use Cleaning Tape indicator extinguishes and the Operate Handle indicator illuminates to alert you that the cartridge can be removed from the tape system If possible back up the data from this cartridge onto another cartridge Discard the damaged cartridge use of a
178. ength 1 Media Type 2 WP Buffered Mode Speed Block Descriptor Length 08h Figure 5 53 MODE SENSE 6 Data Header Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 109 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah continued Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte MSB 0 1 Mode Sense Data Length LSB 2 Media Type 3 WP Buffered Mode Speed 4 Reserved 5 Reserved MSB 6 7 Block Descriptor Length 08h LSB Figure 5 54 MODE SENSE 10 Data Header Data Format 5 110 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah continued Field Name Description Mode Sense Data Length Media Type WP Buffered Mode Speed Block Descriptor Length This field specifies the length in bytes of the MODE SENSE data that follows that is available to be transferred during the DATA IN phase Note that the Mode Sense Data Length does not include itself The media type is determined by the drive and can be one of the following Media Type Description 00h Unknown or not present 81h Cleaning tape 83h DLTtape III 84h DLTtape IIIXT 85h DLTtape IV Write Protect If 0 this field indicates that the tape is write enabled If set to 1 it indicates that the tape is write protected This implements Immediate Reporting on WRITE commands via the Buffered Mode If the field is 0 then th
179. ent the possibility of electrical shock or damage to the tape system Unplug the unit that contains or is to contain the system from ac power to provide an added measure of safety e Read understand and observe any and all label warnings Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 2 1 Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System 2 1 2 Handling Damage to the system can occur as the result of careless handling vibration shock or electrostatic discharge ESD Always handle the tape system with care to avoid damage to the precision internal components Follow these guidelines to avoid damage to the system 2 2 Always observe prescribed ESD precautions Keep the system in its anti static bag until ready to install Always use a properly fitted wrist strap or other suitable ESD protection when handling the system Hold system only by its sides Do not touch any components on the PCBA Always handle the system carefully and gently A drop of 1 4 inch onto a bench or desktop may damage a system Do not bump jar or drop the system Use care when transporting the system Never place the tape system so that it rests on its front bezel Always gently place the system flat PCB side down on an appropriate ESD protected work surface to avoid the system being accidentally knocked over Do not pack other materials with the system in its shielded bag Place the system in the anti static bag before placing in shippin
180. ersistent reservation thus created by the pre empting initiator is defined by the Scope and Type fields of the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command and the corresponding fields of the command s parameter list The Pre empt amp Clear service action clears any ACA or CA condition associated with the initiator that is pre empted and clears any tasks with an ACA attribute from that initiator Any Asynchronous Event Reporting operations in progress that were initiated by the device server are unaffected by a Pre empt and Clear service action The reservation key for the other initiators pre empted are removed by the Pre empt amp Clear service action The reservation key for an initiator that has sent a Pre empt amp Clear action with its own reservation key specified in the service action s reservation key remains unchanged although all other specified clearing actions releasing actions and reservation actions are performed Persistent reservations are not superseded by a new persistent reservation from any initiator except via execution of a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT that specifies either the Pre empt or Pre empt amp Clear service action New persistent reservations not in conflict with an existing persistent reservation execute normally The persistent reservation of a logical unit or extent that has the same Type value is permitted as long as no conflicting persistent reservations other than the reservations being pre empted are permitt
181. ervice action or by a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command that is not done due to an error or a reservation conflict The value in the Generation field is set to 0 as part of the power on or reset processes The value in the Generation field allows the application client that examines the value to verify that the configuration of the initiators attached to a logical unit has not been modified by another application client without any notification of the application client doing the examination This field contains the count of the number of bytes of Reservation descriptors bytes 8 n Note that this field contains the number of bytes regardless of the value prescribed by the Allocation Length field in the command s CDB One Reservation descriptor is reported for each unique persistent reservation on the logical unit when the PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN command has indicated a Read Reservations action Figure 5 67 and Table 5 63 detail the contents of each Reservation Descriptors field Table 5 62 Read Reservations Parameters Field Descriptions 5 138 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command 5Eh continued The figure and table below illustrate and describe the data fields of each Read Reservations descriptor s data fields Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte MSB Pee Reservation Key LSB Sm Scope Specific Address LSB 12 Reserved 13 S
182. es such as tagged queuing extended contingent allegiance asynchronous event notification and error logging Bit 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 PS 0 Rsv d Page Code 0Ah 1 Page Length 06 2 Reserved RLEC 3 Queue Algorithm Modifier 0 Reserved Qerr 0 DQue 4 EECA Reserved RAENP UAAENP EAENP 0 0 0 5 Reserved MSB 6 7 Ready AEN Holdoff Period 0 LSB Figure 5 43 Control Mode Page Format Descriptor Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 85 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued Field Name Description PS Parameters Savable For MODE SELECT this bit must be 0 Page Length The Page Length field indicates the number of bytes in the Control Mode Page that follow this byte The valid value for this byte is 06h RLEC Report Log Exception Condition When set to 1 specifies that the target will report log exception conditions When 0 specifies that the target will not report log exception conditions The RLEC bit works in conjunction with the READ WRITE Error Log Sense Page specifically the TMC bit of the READ WRITE Error Log SENSE Page Page 2 and 3 described earlier in this manual The RLEC bit indicates whether the drive should return CHECK CONDITION status with sense key set to UNIT ATTENTION when one of the READ and WRITE error counters of the log pages reach a specified threshold Thresholds can be
183. es the drive to send a MESSAGE REJECT message and switch to the BUS FREE phase Reserved The Reserved bits must be zero If a Reserved bit is non zero the drive returns a MESSAGE REJECT message and switches to the BUS FREE phase LUNTRN Logical Unit Number Table 4 5 IDENTIFY Message Field Description 4 6 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Messages 4 2 6 IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE Message 23h The IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE message is sent by the target to the initiator to indicate that the number of valid bytes sent during the last REQ ACK handshake and REQB ACKB handshake of a DATA IN phase is less than the negotiated transfer width The Ignore field indicates the number of invalid data bytes transferred This message is sent immediately following that DATA IN phase and prior to any other messages Figure 4 3 illustrates the data format of an IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE message Table 4 6 describes the Ignore field bit definitions Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 Message Code 23h 1 Ignore 01h Figure 4 3 IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE Message Data Format Ignore Invalid Data Bits 16 bit Transfers 00h Reserved Oth DB 15 8 02h FFh Reserved Table 4 6 IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE Message Field Definition Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 4 7 Tandberg Data Messages 4 2 7 INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR Message 05h The INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR message is sent from an initiator to inform the drive that an error ha
184. es the supported block size granularity The Only DLT8000 tape drive supports all block sizes n such that n minus the minimum block length limit is a multiple of 2 where is the value in the Granularity bits and n is greater than or equal to the Minimum Block Length Limit and less than or equal to the Maximum Block Size Limit For the DLT8000 system the content of the Granularity field is 1 since block sizes must be a multiple of 2 2 2 For backward compatibility the DLT8000 will process requests that do not meet Granularity criteria except for Odd byte Multiple Block Fixed Block WRITE commands when connected to a Wide 16 bit SCSI bus Maximum Block The value in this field indicates the maximum block size The tape Length drive supports a maximum block length of 16 777 214 16 MB 2 for 10 15 20 35 or 40 GB format Minimum Block The value in this field indicates the minimum block size The tape Length drive supports a minimum block length of 2 bytes Table 5 73 READ BLOCK LIMITS Data Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 165 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 16 READ BUFFER Command 3Ch The READ BUFFER command is used in conjunction with WRITE BUFFER as a diagnostic function for testing the drive s data buffer for possible diagnostic data and for checking the integrity of the SCSI bus In addition by using buffers 1 and 2 the READ BUFFER command allows the contents of the tape system s
185. f the INQUIRY command s Subsystem Components Revision Page C1h A DLT8000 running with DLT7000 emulation enabled will return a Product Family code of O9h Product Product ID Product Family DLT7000 DLT7000 7 DLT8000 DLT8000 8 DLT8000 with DLT7000 DLT7000 9 Emulation Enabled The product ID is dependent on the Firmware Personality Note that the Product ID of a DLT8000 system running with DLT7000 emulation enabled is reported as a DLT7000 The Product Family code however is reported as 9 indicating that emulation is enabled G 4 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Appendix C The DLTtape IV Cartridge G 4 SCSI Bus Differences The table below illustrates the SCSI bus differences between a DLT7000 system a DLT8000 system and a DLT8000 system with DLT7000 emulation enabled SCSI opcodes that exist for a DLT7000 drive will have an identical response on a DLT8000 drive with emulation enabled Note that SCSI opcodes that are not compatible with a real DLT7000 drive are supported by a DLT8000 drive in DLT7000 emulation mode DLT7000 Drive DLT8000 Drive DLT8000 Drive with DLT7000 Emulation Enabled REPORT DENSITY Command REPORT LUNS Command PERSISTENT RESERVE IN Command PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Command INQUIRY Command CmdDTbit INQUIRY Data Product Identification Product Family INQUIRY Vital Product Data Page 83H IEEE Identifier Not sup
186. f this command is different if a media loader is present Two modes of operation are possible if a media loader is configured If none of the media loader specific commands have been issued the device operates in the sequential mode of operation described below Once a media loader specific command has been issued however the sequential mode of operation described below is disabled and the UNLOAD command becomes a NO OPERATION If the tape drive is in the default sequential mode of operation and an UNLOAD command is received by the subsystem the current cartridge is unloaded and automatically moved to the magazine slot from which it was received The cartridge from the next magazine slot if the slot is not empty automatically moves from the magazine into the drive is loaded and made ready If the next magazine slot is empty no CHECK CONDITION status is created When the cartridge is unloaded into the last magazine slot the subsystem does not cycle back to slot 0 This prevents accidental overwriting of data when using a media loader subsystem in sequential auto loading mode The next cartridge in the cycle must be selected and loaded manually or with a SCSI MOVE MEDIUM command The sequential loading feature of the loader can be enabled disabled by modifying the ENALDRAUTOLD and DISLDRAUTOLDMC parameters of EEPROM mode page 3Eh of the MODE SELECT commana A media loader does not affect the tape drive s p
187. fications to this device unless expressly approved by the manufacturer can void the user s authority to operate this equipment under part 15 of the FCC rules NOTE Additional information on the need to interconnect the device with shielded data cables or the need for special devices such as ferrite beads on cables is required if such means of interference suppression was used in the qualification test for the device This information will vary from device to device and needs to be obtained from the EMC group or product manager Warning This is a Class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures Achtung Dieses ist ein Ger t der Funkst rgrenzwertklasse A In Wohnbereichen pees bei Betrieb dieses Ger tes Rundfunksto rungen auftreten in welchen Fallen der Benutzer f r entsprechende Gegenma nahmen verantwortlich ist Warning This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Cet appareil num rique de la classe A est conforme la norme NMB 003 du Canada Attention Ceci est un produit de Classe A Dans un environnement domestique ce produit risque de cr er des interf rences radio lectriques il appartiendra alors a l utilisateur de prendre les mesures sp cifiques appropri es User Manual Statements for Class A Equipment continued
188. figuration Page Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 125 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah continued Field Name PS Additional Page Length CAP CAF Active Format Active Partition WRITE Buffer Full Ratio READ Buffer Empty Ratio WRITE Delay Time Description Parameters Savable Not supported must be 0 This field indicates the number of bytes in the page Note that this value does not include bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned on MODE SENSE and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT Change Active Partition Not supported Change Active Format Not supported Not supported This field indicates the current logical partition number in use Only partition O is supported Indicates how full the buffer should be before restarting writing to the medium The tape drive sets this to 0 unused since it uses an automatic adaptive mechanism to dynamically adjust its ratio according to the average data rates over the SCSI bus Indicates how empty the buffer should be before restarting reading from the medium The tape drive sets this to 0 unused since it uses an automatic adaptive mechanism to dynamically adjust its ratio according to the average data rates over the SCSI bus Indicates the maximum time in 100 ms increments the drive waits with a partially fully buffer before forcing the data to tape Note that the buffer full empty
189. for code 05h is 12 bytes LOG PAGE HEADER Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte Reserved Page Code 0 1 Reserved MSB 2 3 Page Length LSB Figure 5 16 Log Page Header Format Field Name Description Page Code The Page Code specifies for which Log Page this LOG SELECT command is directed Page Length The Page Length field specifies the total number of bytes contained in this log page not including the four bytes that make up the header Table 5 17 Log Page Header Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 41 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands LOG SELECT Command 4Ch continued LOG PARAM ETERS Bit ae eo a E E a MSB Parameter Code LSB DU DS TSD ETC TMC Rsv d LP MSB Parameter Length Parameter Value Field Name Figure 5 17 Log Parameters Format Description Parameter Code Parameter Codes supported for the READ WRITE error counter pages are as follows Parameter Code Descriptions 00h Errors corrected with substantial delays Oth Errors corrected with possible delays 02h Total rewrites or rereads 03h Total errors corrected 04h Total times correction algorithm processed 05h Total bytes processed 06h Total uncorrected errors 8000h Vendor Unique Note Parameter codes 00h 01h and 04h always have a value of 0 Parameter value for 05h is 8 bytes the parameter length is set to 8 5 42 Table 5 18 Log Parame
190. g Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System 2 5 Operating the Tape System Controls and Indicators Operating the tape system requires use of a tape cartridge and the controls and indicators on the front panel or bezel of the tape system All controls and indicators are located on the tape system s front panel or bezel Figure 2 13 Use these controls and indicators to operate the tape system and monitor the tape system s activities See below for directions to which sections of this manual to use for explanations of controls and indicators Control Indicator See Section Unload Button Figure 2 13 2 5 1 Cartridge Insert Release Handle 2 5 2 Figure 2 13 Selecting Density 2 5 3 2 32 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System 2 5 1 Unload Button Use the Unload Button to unload the tape cartridge When a user pushes the Unload Button the tape system waits until any active writing of data to tape is completed then begins its unload sequence The tape system rewinds the tape medium back into the cartridge and writes the current or updated tape directory to the tape The tape must be completely rewound and unloaded into the cartridge before the cartridge can be removed from the tape system A complete unload operation may take 17 seconds from Beginning of Tape BOT Note that if the tape system is in an error state all indicators on
191. g at the current tape position This form of WRITE is valid only if the logical unit is currently operating in the Fixed Block mode when it has been instructed to use fixed length blocks with MODE SELECT The current block length is the block length defined in the MODE SELECT command Upon termination the tape is logically positioned after these blocks Transfer Length This field contains the length of the data transfer in bytes or blocks depending on whether Fixed or Variable block mode is selected When the Transfer Length is 0 no data is transferred and the current position on the logical unit is not changed Table 5 101 WRITE Command Data Field Descriptions Exception Conditions If End of Tape EOT is detected while writing the tape drive finishes writing any buffered data The command terminates with CHECK CONDITION status Within the sense data the EOM bit is set the Sense Key is set to NO SENSE and the Additional Sense code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are set to EOM P detected The drive attempts to complete any subsequent writes returning a CHECK CONDITION status in each case 5 222 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands WRITE Command 0Ah continued If the tape drive encounters the physical End of Medium EOM when attempting WRITE a CHECK CONDITION status is returned Within the sense data the EOM and Valid bits are set and the Sense Key field is set to Volume Ove
192. g container Do not stack objects on the system Do not expose the system to moisture Do not place hands or foreign objects inside the tape system s door receiver area Do not touch the tape leader cartridge leader or tape media Body oils will damage the media and recording heads Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System 2 1 3 Electrostatic Discharge ESD Protection Various electrical components on within the tape system are sensitive to static electricity and Electrostatic Discharge ESD Even a static buildup or discharge that is too slight to feel can be sufficient to destroy or degrade a component s operation To minimize the possibility of ESD related damage to the system we strongly recommend using both a properly installed workstation anti static mat and a properly installed ESD wrist strap When correctly installed these devices reduce the buildup of static electricity which might harm the system Observe the following precautions to avoid ESD related problems e Use a properly installed anti static pad on your work surface e Always use a properly fitted and grounded wrist strap or other suitable ESD protection when handling the system and observe proper ESD grounding techniques e Hold the system only by its sides Do not touch any components on the PCBA e Leave the system in its anti static bag until you are ready to install it in the system
193. g page 5 112 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah continued Field Name Description Density Code This field should match the current tape medium density it is set to 0 if the density is unknown Density Code Description 00h Use default density 19h 62500 bpi 64 track pairs serial cartridge tape 10 0 GB DLTtape lll 15 0 GB DLTtape IIIXT 1Ah 81633 bpi 64 track pairs serial cartridge tape 20 0 GB DLTtape IV 1Bh 85937 bpi 52 track quads serial cartridge tape 35 0 GB DLTtape IV 4th 98250 bpi 52 track quads serial cartridge tape 40 0 GB DLTtape IV The density codes above are the preferred codes used to define density Additionally the codes listed below may be used though use of the Data Compression Page is preferred 7Fh No change from previous density No Operation 80h 62500 bpi 64 track pairs serial cart tape 10 0 GB DLTtape III 15 0 GB DLTtape IIIXT without compression 81h 62500 bpi 64 track pairs serial cart tape 20 0 GB DLTtape III 30 0 GB DLTtape IIIXT with compression 82h 81633 bpi 64 track pairs serial cart tape 20 0 GB DLTtape IV without compression 83h 81633 bpi 64 track pairs serial cart tape 40 GB DLTtape IV with compression 84h 85937 bpi 52 track quads serial cartridge tape 35GB DLTtape IV without compression 85h 85937 bpi 52 track quads serial cartridge tape
194. ge 50 F to 104 F 10 C to 40 C 77 F 25 C 20 to 80 non condensing 10 hour Temperature Range Temperature Gradient Dry Bulb Temp Range Wet Bulb Temperature Relative Humidity Humidity Gradient Storage Ranges Unpacked or Packed 36 F 20 C per hour with 5 margin across the range 40 F to 150 8 F 40 C to 66 C 114 8 F 46 C 5 to 95 non condensing 10 hour Temperature Gradient Dry Bulb Temp Range Wet Bulb Temperature Relative Humidity Humidity Gradient Shipping Ranges 36 F 20 C per hour with 5 margin across the range 40 F to 150 8 F 40 C to 66 C 114 8 F 46 C 10 to 95 non condensing 10 hour Temperature Gradient Dry Bulb Temp Range Wet Bulb Temperature Relative Humidity Humidity Gradient Tabletop Version 50 F to 104 F 10 C to 40 C 18 F 10 C per hour across the range 50 F to 104 F 10 C to 40 C 77 F 25 C 20 to 80 non condensing 10 hour 36 F 20 C per hour with 5 margin across the range 40 F to 150 8 F 40 C to 66 C 114 8 F 46 C 5 to 95 non condensing 10 hour 36 F 20 C per hour with 5 margin across the range 40 F to 150 8 F 40 C to 66 C 114 8 F 46 C 10 to 95 non condensing 10 hour Table 1 4 Temperature and Humidity Specifications 1 6 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data General Description and Specifications 1
195. gnored and no CHECK CONDITION status is returned Decompression The Decompression Algorithm field indicates which decompression Algorithm algorithm the tape drive will use when decompressing data on the tape The only value currently supported is 10h NOTE Specifying a value other than 10h for this field causes the tape drive to return CHECK CONDITION status sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST Table 5 43 Data Compression Page Descriptor Field Descriptions 5 88 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued 5 9 6 The Device Configuration Page controls the drive s behavior on the SCSI bus and DEVICE CONFIGURATION PAGE 10h allows an initiator to tune bus performance Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 PS 0 0 Page Code 10h 1 Additional Page Length OEh 2 Res d CAP 0 CAF 0 Active Format 0 3 Active Partition 0 4 Write Buffer Full Ratio 5 Read Buffer Empty Ratio MSB 6 7 Write Delay Time LSB 8 DBR 0 BIS RSmk AVC 0 SOCF 0 RBO 0 REW 0 0 9 Gap Size 0 10 EOD Defined 0 EEG SEW Reserved 1 MSB 11 13 Buffer Size at Early Warning 0 LSB 14 Select Data Compression Algorithm 15 Reserved Figure 5 45 Device Configuration Page Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SELECT Comma
196. guring Installing and Operating the Tape System 2 7 Activity Tape System Operating Modes and Indicator Table 2 13 describes the various operating conditions of a tape system and what observations can be made of the various indicators for each mode A detailed description of the modes for the Tape in Use indicator is provided Front Panel Indicator Color of Indicator State Operating Mode Write Protected Orange On Tape is Write Protected Off Tape is Write Enabled Tape in Use Yellow Blinking Tape is moving On Tape is loaded ready for use Off Tape not loaded Use Cleaning Tape Yellow On Tape system needs cleaning or tape is bad Remains on after Cleaning tape cleaning tape unloads attempted to clean the system head but the tape expired so cleaning was not After cleaning da pe indicator illuminates p again when data cartridge Try another tape cartridge is cartridge if problem reloaded indication persists contact service representative Off Cleaning is complete or cleaning is unnecessary Operate Handle Green On Insert Release handle can be operated Off Do not operate Insert Release handle Blinking Close the Insert Release handle and wait for Operate Handle indicator to illuminate steadily Table 2 13 Tape System Operating Modes Indicator Activity Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 2 39 Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System Front Panel
197. hat expected by the drive a CHECK CONDITION status is returned sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST The drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status with sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST if it receives an unsupported Page Code or a Page field with values not supported or changeable In such cases no parameters are changed as a result of the command Performance bit Not supported Disable Information Exception Operations When this bit 0 the reporting method specified by the contents of MRIE is selected When this bit 1 all information exception operations are disabled and the contents of the MRIE field are ignored When in this mode the TapeAlert Log page is polled by the software To enable CHECK CONDITION mode DExcpt should 0 continued Table 5 59 TapeAlert Page Format Descriptor Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 131 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah continued Field Name Description Test Not Supported LogErr Error Log Not Supported MRIE Method for Reporting Informational Exceptions The tape drive uses Interval Timer Report Count Test Flag Number the contents of this field to report information about exception conditions Three methods are available Value Method 00h No reporting of Informational Exception Conditions The device server does not report information exception conditions 03h Conditionally Generate Recovered Err
198. he BUS FREE phase to begin because of the drive s release of the BSY signal unless it has occurred after the detection of a reset condition or after a drive has successfully transmitted or received one of the following messages Messages Transmitted from Drive e DISCONNECT e COMMAND COMPLETE Messages Received by Drive e ABORT e BUS DEVICE RESET e RELEASE RECOVERY e ABORT TAG e CLEAR QUEUE If an initiator detects the release of the BSY signal by the drive at any other time the drive is indicating an error condition to the initiator The drive can perform this transition to the BUS FREE phase independently of the state of the ATN signal The initiator manages this condition as an unsuccessful I O process termination The drive terminates the I O process by clearing all pending data and status information for the affected nexus The drive can optionally prepare sense data that can be retrieved by a REQUEST SENSE command 3 12 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Description Bus Free Sequence 1 BSY and SEL signals are continuously false for one bus settle delay 2 SCSI devices release all SCSI bus signals within one bus clear delay 3 5 2 If a SCSI device requires more than one bus settle delay to detect the BUS FREE phase then it releases all SCSI bus signals within one bus clear delay minus the excess time to detect the BUS FREE phase The total time to clear the SCSI bus cannot exceed one
199. he DATA BUS with respect to an initiator True indicates input to the initiator Also used to distinguish between SELECTION and RESELECTION modes A signal driven by a target during the MESSAGE phase A signal driven by a target to indicate a request for an information transfer to or from the initiator Each byte of data transferred is accompanied with a REQ ACK handshake See also ACK Table 3 5 SCSI 2 Bus Signal Definitions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 3 7 Tandberg Data SCSI Description Signal Definition RST reset SEL select An OP tied signal that initiates a RESET condition An OR tied signal used by an initiator to select a target or by a target to reselect an initiator Table 3 5 SCSI 2 Bus Signal Definitions continued 3 4 2 Signal Bus Timing The ANSI SCSI 2 standard defines the SCSI bus timing values shown in Table 3 4 Timing Description Value Description Arbitration Delay Assertion Period Bus Clear Delay Bus Free Delay Bus Set Delay 3 8 2 4 us 90 ns 800 ns 800 ns 1 8 us Minimum time a SCSI device waits from asserting BSY for arbitration until the DATA BUS can be examined to see if arbitration has been won there is no maximum time Minimum time a drive asserts REQ while using synchronous data transfers also the minimum time that an initiator asserts ACK while using synchronous data transfers Maximum time for a SCSI device to st
200. he Third Party Device ID value is greater than 255 LongID 1 Device servers that support device IDs greater than 255 will accept commands with LongID 1 device servers that do not support IDs greater than 255 may reject commands with LongID set 1 Device ID formats are protocol specific The contents of this field specify the length in bytes of the parameter list that will be transferred from the initiator to the target The drive supports reservations only on entire logical units The value must be 0 Any value in this field is ignored by the drive NOTE Assuming that the RELEASE UNIT 10 Command Descriptor Block is valid the drive always returns a GOOD status for this command An actual release only happens if the initiator has the unit reserved for itself or a third party initiator Table 5 8 RELEASE UNIT 10 Command Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 179 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 21 REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Command 44h The REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT command is a 10 byte command used to request that information about the densities supported by the logical unit be sent to the application client Note that a reservation conflict will occur when a REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT command is received from any initiator other than the one holding a logical unit reservation The figure below illustrates the format of the REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT command the table that follows explains the data fie
201. he WRITE PROTECTED and TAPE IN USE indicators flash again during the controller firmware update C 4 Interpreting the Results of a Firmware Update Following a firmware update procedure two possible results can occur e The firmware update cartridge is unloaded This signals a successful update The tape drive rewinds the cartridge the door is unlocked and the green OPERATE HANDLE indicator illuminates e The firmware update cartridge is NOT unloaded This signals an unsuccessful update The tape drive subsystem may still be usable Failure may be a result of e Power failure e Bad firmware image on the tape e Non functioning FLASH EEPROMS Table C 2 provides troubleshooting information If Then The image is valid 1 The FLASH EEPROM containing the current firmware is erased 2 The new image is programmed into FLASH EEPROM approximately 2 minutes Then e The tape drive resets e The tape drive runs POST e The tape drive unloads the tape cartridge and the cartridge can be removed This indicates a successful firmware update Table C 2 Results of Firmware Update C 4 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 1 The tape is NOT a valid firmware update tape 2 The tape does not contain a valid firmware image The tape contains a valid image but there is a failure when attempting to reprogram FLASH EEPROM No firmware update is attempted The WRITE PROTECTED a
202. hen the tape is being read from and written to The indicators illuminate steadily Density Override remains extinguished The indictor that reflects the actual data density and the Density Override indicators both are illuminated For example if the actual data density is set for 10 0 GB and 10 0 GB is selected via the Select Button the indicator next to 10 0 illuminates 1 The indicator that reflects the actual data density illuminates steadily 2 The indicator reflected the SELECTED density blinks 3 The Density Override illuminates steadily For example if the actual tape data density is set for 40 0 GB and the selected density is 20 0 GB the 40 0 indicator lights steadily the 20 0 indicator blinks and the Density Override indicator illuminates steadily Table 2 10 Indicator Light Activity During Density Selection To select density via the host over the SCSI bus 1 Use the SCSI MODE SELECT command to indicate the desired data density Chapter 5 2 Write data to the tape from BOT 2 36 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System 2 6 Power On Self Test POST and Indicator Activity During POST When power is applied to the tape system it performs power on self testing POST The sequence of events that may be observed is Stage What Can be Observed 1 Indicators on the right hand side of the front panel illuminate in se
203. hours minimum 50 000 hours average Media durability is projected to be 1 000 000 passes of the tape medium across the read write heads 15 000 uses One tape pass is defined as any point on the tape passing the head in either direction Tandberg Data does not warrant that predicted MTBF is representative of any particular unit installed for customer use Actual figures vary from unit to unit 1 3 5 Physical Specifications Table 1 3 provides the key physical specifications for the integratible and tabletop versions of the tape system Description Integratible Version Tabletop Version Height 3 25 in 82 5 mm without 6 48 in 164 592 mm front bezel 3 4 in 86 3 mm with front bezel Width 5 735 in 045 in 144 8 mm 6 88 in 174 752 mm 1 143 mm behind front bezel 5 87 in 149 0 mm with front bezel Length 9 00 in 228 6 mm measured 12 8 in 825 12 mm includes from back of front bezel 9 60 the Tape Eject Handle in 243 8 mm including front protruding 0 2 inches 5 08 bezel mm Weight 6 lb 7 oz 2 9 kg 14 Ibs 6 35 kg Table 1 3 Physical Dimensions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 1 5 Tandberg Data General Description and Specifications 1 3 6 Temperature and Humidity Table 1 4 provides the temperature and humidity specifications for the tape system Description Integratible Version Operating Ranges 50 F to 104 F 10 C to 40 C 18 F 10 C per hour across the ran
204. hrough a calibration process at power up and loading of medium 5 12 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 1 7 Data Cache and Tape Write Interaction The Tandberg DLT8000 system tape drive contains a data cache that buffers blocks records until they are written to tape This section describes when those blocks are written or flushed to tape A Mode Select parameter allows the data cache to be disabled unbuffered mode In this mode every WRITE command causes data to be written to the tape medium before the STATUS byte and the COMMAND COMPLETE message are returned to the host NOTE Unbuffered mode is NOT recommended due to the poor performance that may result The contents of the write data cache are written to the tape medium under the following circumstances e When two or more WRITE FILEMARKS commands are issued without intervening tape motion commands e When a WRITE 0 FILEMARKS command is issued e When data has been in the cache longer than the maximum time specified by the value of the Mode Parameter Write Delay Time the default is 20 seconds e When a non write type media access command is received for example SPACE READ UNLOAD LOCATE ERASE Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 13 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 2 SCSI command Descriptions in This Manual The SCSI commands are presented in alphabetical order Each command starts on a new odd numbered page
205. ibed in Section Oth READ WRITE Error Recovery Page 5 9 2 02h Disconnect Reconnect Page 5 9 3 OAh Control Mode Page 5 9 4 OFh Data Compression Page 5 9 5 10h Device Configuration Page 5 9 6 11h Medium Partition Page 5 9 7 1Ch TapeAlert Page 5 9 8 3Eh EEPROM Vendor Unique Page 5 9 9 Except for mode page 3Eh the tape drive always powers up with its default configurations set This is also true if the drive receives a BUS DEVICE RESET message or a hard reset via the RST line on the SCSI bus The Command Descriptor Block is illustrated in Figure 5 34 NOTE For a list of changeable parameters within MODE SELECT refer to Sections 5 9 9 EEPROM Vendor Unique Page 3Eh and 5 9 10 5 72 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued MODE SELECT 6 Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 bee eal 0 Operation Code 15h 1 Logical Unit Number PF Reserved SP 0 2 3 Reserved 4 Parameter List Length 5 Unused Reserved Flag Link MODE SELECT 10 Command Descriptor Block Data Format Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 ae es 0 Operation Code 55h 1 Logical Unit Number PF Reserved SP 0 2 6 Reserved 7 8 Parameter List Length 9 Unused Reserved Flag Link Figure 5 34 MODE SELECT 6 and 10 Command Descriptor Blocks Data Format Tandberg DL
206. ical blocks on the tape will have the medium characteristics specified by the block descriptor Table 5 38 Mode Parameter Block Descriptor Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 79 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued Field Name Block Length Description This field specifies the length in bytes of each logical block transferred over the SCSI bus A block length of 0 indicates that the length is variable specified in the I O command Any value other than 0 indicates the number of bytes per block to use for READ WRITE and VERIFY commands that specify a fixed bit of 1 i e fixed block mode which also causes the transfer length in the command descriptor block to be defined as a block count If fixed bit is not equal to 1 this field is ignored Table 5 38 Mode Parameter Block Descriptor Field Descriptions continued 5 9 1 3 Following Mode Page Descriptors the MODE SELECT command s Mode Parameter Block Descriptor are the MODE SELECT pages each of which sets a different device parameter Each mode page has a 2 byte header that identifies the page code and indicates the number of bytes in that page Bit Byte 0 PS 0 0 Page Code Additional Page Length Page Defined or Vendor Unique Parameter List Figure 5 40 MODE SELECT Page Descriptor Data Format Field Name Description PS Parameters Savable
207. icates that the BHC test was invoked via the Library Port and is currently in progress 02h BHC Test Pass BHC test has completed successfully no trouble found 03h BHC Test Fails BHC test has failed 04h Diagnostic Test in Progress This code indicates that a diagnostic test was in progress when the library controller attempted to invoke the BHC test This prevents the BHC test from running Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual D 1 Tandberg Data Appendix D D 2 This Page Intentionally Left Blank Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual E Visual Inspection Procedure for DLTtape Cartridges This appendix explains how to visually inspect a DLTtape Cartridge Damaged cartridges must not be used DLTtape CARTRIDGE GENERAL HANDLING GUIDELINES Always keep each tape cartridge in its protective plastic case when it is not in the tape drive When carrying tape cartridges in their cases always orient the cases so that the grooves in the cases interlock This prevents the cases from slipping apart and falling Never stack the tape cartridges in a stack of more than five Always observe the proper environmental conditions for the storage of tape cartridges Refer to the cartridge reference card supplied with each cartridge When placing tape cartridges in archival storage make sure you stand each tape cartridge vertically Avoid placing tape cartridge near any sources of high intensity magnetic fields such as monitor or el
208. iguring Installing and Operating the Tape System 2 2 2 Setting TERM PWR A SCSI bus must be terminated at each end of the bus At least one device on the bus must supply terminator power TERM PWR To configure the DLT8000 tape drive to supply TERM PWR install a jumper block on pin pair 3 4 Figure 2 2 Side View of Tape System Front Bezel oo0oo00000000 OO o a Jumper on Pin Pair 3 4 enables termination power TERM PWR Figure 2 2 Jumper Installed on Pin Pair 3 4 Enables Termination Power TERM PWR Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 2 7 Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System 2 2 3 Setting Parity Checking Parity checking is the default setting for DLT8000 tape systems If the system to which you are configuring the tape system does not generate parity disable parity checking on the tape system by installing a jumper block on pin pair 1 2 on the connector as shown in Figure 2 3 Note that this is the same connector as the one used to select the setting for TERM PWR Section 2 2 2 Side View of Tape System Front Bezel OOOOOO0O00000 OOOOVOOO0O0O000 Jumper on Pin Pair 1 2 disables parity checking Figure 2 3 Jumper Installed on Pin Pair 1 2 Disables Parity Checking 2 8 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System 2 2 4 Installing the Tape System Installing the tape sys
209. imum value is 6 Table 5 47 EEPROM Vendor Unique Page Parameters continued 5 102 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued As an example of an EEPROM vendor unique page the figure below shows a page that will modify the VENDORID parameter to XXXYY Page Code 3Eh Page Length OFh 10 fo fo 8 i 69h 9 g 64h 10 20h 11 X 58h 12 X 58h 13 x 58h 14 Y 59h 15 Y 59h 16 lt LF gt AOh or 00h Figure 5 49 EEPROM Vendor Unique Page Vendor ID Sample Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 103 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued An example follows that illustrates an EEPROM vendor unique page that modifies the FORCEDENSITY parameter to 4 0 0 0 Page Code 3Eh 1 Page Length OFh 2 F 46h 3 O 4Fh 4 R 52h 5 C 43h G r E 45h 7 D 44h 8 E 45h 9 N 4Eh 10 S 53h 11 P 49h 12 T 54h 13 y 59h 14 20h 15 4 34h 16 lt LF gt A0h or 00h Figure 5 50 EEPROM Vendor Unique Page Forced Density Example Data Format 5 104 NOTE In line 15 above the number is given in ASCII cod
210. in Bytes 8 n MSB 8 15 First Reservation Key et LSB l MSB to Last Reservation Key n 7 n LSB Figure 5 65 Read Keys Parameters Data Format 5 136 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command 5Eh continued Data Field Description Generation The value in this field is a 32 bit counter in the device server that is incremented each time a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command requests a Register Clear Pre empt or Pre empt and Clear operation Note that PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN commands do not increment the counter nor do PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT commands that perform a Reserve or Release service action or by a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command that is not done due to an error or a reservation conflict The value in the Generation field is set to O as part of the power on or reset processes The value in the Generation field allows the application client that examines the value to verify that the configuration of the initiators attached to a logical unit has not been modified by another application client without any notification of the application client doing the examination Additional This field contains the count of the number of bytes that are in the Length Reservation Key list bytes 8 n Note that this field contains the number of bytes in the reservation key list regardless of the value prescribed by the Allocation Leng
211. ions of DLT8000 Tabletop System Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 2 15 Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System 2 3 1 Selecting SCSI ID Select the appropriate SCSI ID for the tabletop version of the tape system by incrementing or decrementing the number displayed on the SCSI ID selection switch on the tabletop tape system s rear panel Figure 2 8 Press either the small switch above the indicator to increment the number or the small switch below the indicator to decrement the number Note that the default SCSI ID of the system is SCSI ID 3 SCSI Connectors 2 SCSI ID Switch Fan Power Switch Power Connector Figure 2 8 DLT8000 Tabletop Tape System Rear Panel 2 16 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System 2 3 2 Connecting the SCSI Bus Cables Figure 2 9 shows the locations of the two SCSI bus connectors on the rear panel of the tabletop tape system The SCSI bus cable leading from the host adapter can be connected to either of the connectors If the tape unit is the last device on the bus then a terminator should be installed on the open connector If the bus continues from the tape system to another SCSI device then install a SCSI bus cable between the open connector and the next device on the bus SCSI Connectors 2 Terminators 68 Pin LVD SE Terminator 68 Pin HVD Differential Terminator Figure 2 9 Location
212. is logically positioned after the block EOM side Table 5 72 READ Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 161 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands READ Command 08h continued Field Name Description Fixed This bit specifies whether fixed length or variable length blocks are to be transferred and gives meaning to the Transfer Length field of the READ command When set to 0 variable block mode is requested A single block is transferred with the Transfer Length specifying the maximum number of bytes the initiator has allocated for the returned data When the Fixed bit is set to 1 the Transfer Length specifies the number of blocks to be transferred to the initiator This is valid only if the logical unit is currently operating in Fixed Block mode When the Transfer Length is 0 no data is transferred and the current position on the logical unit does not change This is not an error condition A successful READ with Fixed bit set to 1 transfers current block length x of blocks x block size bytes of data to the host Upon termination of READ the medium is logically positioned after the last block of data transferred EOM Note that a READ command in fixed mode with an odd block size returns a CHECK CONDITION the DLT8000 tape drive does not support odd block number transfers Table 5 72 READ Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions continued Filemark End of Data
213. is provides an interlock so that the target can determine which message has the parity error If the target receives this message under any other condition it proceeds directly to the BUS FREE state by releasing the BSY signal signifying a catastrophic error The target s response to this message is to switch to the MESSAGE IN phase and re send from the beginning all the bytes of the message that precipitated the MESSAGE PARITY ERROR message 4 2 11 MESSAGE REJECT Message 07h This message is sent from the initiator or target to indicate that the last message received was inappropriate or has not been implemented To indicate its intention to send this message the initiator asserts the ATN signal before it releases ACK for the REQ ACK handshake of the message that is to be rejected MESSAGE REJECT is issued in response to any message the drive considers to be illegal or not supported When sending to the initiator the tape drive does so before requesting any additional message bytes Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 4 9 Tandberg Data Messages 4 2 12 NO OPERATION 08h If a target requests a message the initiator sends a NO OPERATION message if it does not currently have any other valid message to send The message is accepted when the drive is acting as a target and may be sent when it is an initiator If a NO OPERATION message is received during a selection the drive proceeds to the COMMAND phase provided ATN does not conti
214. ites any buffered data and filemarks to the tape and then rewinds the tape to BOM and unloads the medium back into the cartridge The green Operate Handle indicator on the tape drive s faceplate illuminates and the cartridge can be removed from the tape drive If the medium is already unloaded no action is taken A good status is returned End of Tape This bit is ignored by the tape drive unless both the EOT and Load bits are set to 1 then the drive returns CHECK CONDITION ILLEGAL REQUEST data Table 5 14 LOAD UNLOAD Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 35 Tandberg Data SCS Commands 5 6 LOCATE Command 2Bh The LOCATE command is used to do high speed positioning to the specified block address The READ POSITION command can be used to obtain the block address when writing when particular blocks of data a data file for example are about to be written The LOCATE command can then be used to position the tape back at the same logical position for high performance restore operations of particular blocks of data Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 2Bh Logical Unit Number Reserved BT CP Immed Reserved MSB Block Address LSB Partition Unused Reserved Flag Link 1 2 3 6 7 Reserved l 9 Figure 5 14 LOCATE Command Descriptor Block Data Format 5 36 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI C
215. itiator may reserve the logical unit extents or elements as long as the persistent reservations do not conflict with any reservations already known to the device server 2h READ READS Exclusive any command from any initiator other than the initiator that holds the persistent reservation that attempts a transfer from the target results in a reservation conflict WRITES Shared any application client on any initiator may execute commands that perform transfers to the target from the initiator ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS Allowed any initiator may reserve the logical unit extents or elements as long as the persistent reservations do not conflict with any reservations already known to the device server continued Table 5 64 Persistent Reservation Type Codes and Their Meanings 5 142 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command 5Eh continued Code Name Description 3h 4h Exclusive any command from any initiator other than the initiator holding the persistent reservation that attempts a transfer from the target results in a reservation conflict Exclusive any command from any initiator other than the initiator holding the persistent reservation that attempts a transfer to the target results ina reservation conflict Restricted any PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command with the Reserve service action from any initiator other than the initiator hol
216. its write protected position to the left as you face the label switch side of the tape cartridge the system turns on its Write Protect indicator immediately If the system is currently writing to the tape the write protect feature does not take effect until after the current WRITE operation completes Table 2 7 describes the impact of moving the write protect switch to its enabled position before loading the cartridge Table 2 8 describes the impact of doing so when the switch is moved during a WRITE operation If the write protect switch is moved Then To its left enabled position the orange Data cannot be written to the tape indicator on the cartridge becomes visible To its right disabled position the orange Data can be written to the tape unless indicator is not visible software write protect is in effect Table 2 7 Enabling Write Protect Before Loading the Cartridge If the write protect switch is moved Then From its left enabled position to its right The tape becomes write enabled disabled or write enabled position orange AFTER a variable amount of seconds indicator is no longer visible From its right disabled or write enabled The tape becomes write protected position to its left enabled position orange AFTER a variable amount of seconds indicator becomes visible and once any current WRITE operation is completed Table 2 8 Enabling Write Protect After Loading the Cartridg
217. l within a selection abort time of its most recent detection of being selected this is required for correct operation of the selection time out procedure e The drive does not respond to a selection if bad parity is detected Also if more than two SCSI ID bits are on the DATA BUS the drive does not respond to selection Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 3 15 Tandberg Data SCSI Description e Note that the initiator will release the SEL signal and may change the DATA BUS no less than two deskew delays after it detects that the BSY signal is true The drive waits until the SEL signal is false before asserting the REQ signal to enter an information transfer phase Other signals e g MSG C D may also be asserted Selection Time Out Two optional time out procedures are specified for clearing the SCSI bus if the initiator waits a minimum of a selection time out delay and there has been no BSY signal response from the drive 1 The initiator asserts the RST signal 2 The initiator follows these steps a Continues asserting the SEL and ATN signals and releases the DATA BUS b If it has not detected the BSY signal to be true after at least a selection abort time plus two deskew delays the drive releases the SEL and ATN signals allowing the SCSI bus to go to the BUS FREE phase When responding to selection SCSI devices ensure that the selection was still valid within a selection abort time of their assertion of the BSY sign
218. ld allows the host to specify at which parameter within a log page the requested data should begin For example if a page supports parameters 0 through 5 and the Parameter Pointer contains 3 then only parameters 3 4 and 5 are returned to the initiator Similarly if a page supports parameters 1 3 and 6 and the Parameter Pointer contains 2 then only parameters 3 and 6 are returned to the initiator If the Parameter Pointer is larger than the highest numbered parameter on the page then the target terminates the command with CHECK CONDITION status sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and additional sense code set to INVALID FIELD IN CDB Note that parameters within a page are always returned in ascending order according to parameter code If the target does not support a parameter code within this page then it does not return any data associated with this parameter This field specifies the maximum number of bytes that the initiator has allocated for returning data The host uses this field to limit the size of data transfers to its own internal buffer size Table 5 19 LOG SENSE Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions continued 5 48 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh continued 5 8 1 Error Detection Summary in LOG SENSE Command Descriptor Block The following conditions constitute errors detected by the drive relating to the LOG SENSE command descriptor blo
219. lds of the command Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte re Pe ts Tt 0 Operation Code 44h 1 Reserved Media 2 6 Reserved MSB 7 8 Allocation Length LSB 9 Unused Reserved Flag Link Figure 5 84 REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Command Descriptor Block Data Format 5 180 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Command 44h continued Data Field Description Media When this bit 0 it indicates that the device server will return density support data blocks for densities supported by the logical unit for any supported media When this bit 1 it indicates that the device server will return density suport data blocks for densities supported by the mounted medium Allocation This value in this field specifies the maximum number of bytes that the Length device server may return Table 5 82 REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Command Field Descriptions The REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT command returns a header followed by one or more density support data blocks The data blocks are presented in ascending numerical order of the primary density code value The figure below illustrates the REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT header Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte MSB 0 1 Available Density Support Length 2 3 Reserved 4 n Density Support Data Block Descriptors Figure 5 85 REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Header Data Format The following table provides a description of the Availab
220. le Density Support Length field the Density Support Data Block Descriptors field has a separate illustration and description table Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 181 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Command 44h continued Data Field Description Available This value within this field specifies the number of bytes in the data Density Support that follows available to be transferred Note that this length value Length does not include this field The value within this field is equal to 2 more than an integer multiple of 52 the length in bytes of a density support data block descriptor Allocation This value in this field specifies the maximum number of bytes that Length the device server may return Table 5 83 REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Header Field Descriptions The figure and table that follow provide information about the Density Support Data Block Descriptor field of the header 5 182 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT Command 44h continued Bit Pee ee ee lh ee ata Byte 0 Primary Density Code 1 Secondary Density Code 2 WRTOK DUP DEFLT Reserved 3 4 Reserved MSB 5 7 Bits Per MM LSB MSB 8 9 Media Width LSB MSB 10 11 Tracks LSB MSB 12 15 Capacity LSB MSB 16 23 Assigning Organization LSB MSB 24 31 Density Name LSB MSB 32 51 Description LSB Figure
221. length is returned in MODE SENSE commands and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT If the page length does not match that expected by the drive a CHECK CONDITION status is returned sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST The drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status with sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST if it receives an unsupported Page Code or a Page field with values not supported or changeable In such cases no parameters are changed as a result of the command Transfer Block Not supported Enable Early Recovery Set to 1 always enabled Post Error Default is 0 When set to 1 this bit enables reporting of Check Condition to report recovered READ WRITE errors Disable Transfer on Error Must be 0 Not supported Disable ECC Correction Must be 0 Not supported This field reports the maximum number or rereads that are attempted before declaring an unrecoverable error This field reports the maximum number of overwrite retries that will be attempted before declaring an unrecoverable error Table 5 40 READ WRITE Error Recovery Page Field Descriptions 5 82 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued 5 9 3 DISCONNECT RECONNECT PAGE 02h The Disconnect Reconnect Page controls the drive s behavior on the SCSI bus and allows an initiator to tune bus performance
222. level errors are communicated by messages that are defined specifically for that purpose for example MESSAGE PARITY ERROR MESSAGE REJECT Message level errors are also handled by drive managed retries Refer to Chapter 4 for more detailed message handling information SCSI command level errors are communicated by a status code that is returned by the drive during the STATUS phase This phase occurs at the end of each command unless the command is terminated by one of the following events ABORT message BUS DEVICE RESET message Hard reset condition Unexpected disconnect The status code is contained in bits 1 through 5 of the status byte Bits 0 6 and 7 are reserved Table 5 4 describes the status codes returned by the drive Status Code Definition Meaning 00h GOOD The drive successfully completed the command 02h CHECK CONDITION A Contingent Allegiance condition occurred 08h BUSY The drive cannot service the command at the moment and its Command Descriptor Block has been discarded The initiator can retry the command at a later time 10h INTERMEDIATE GOOD This status is returned instead of a GOOD status for commands issued with the LINK bit set Following the return of this status the drive proceeds to the COMMAND phase for the transfer of the next linked command 18h RESERVATIONCONFLICT Another initiator has reserved the drive when it has been reserved for another initiator with a RESERVE UNIT command this status
223. lied to DLTtape IV format tape for DLT4000 DLT7000 and DLT8000 drive 2 Parameter is not forced to a special format Instead it is determined by the parameters selected via MODE SELECT Table 5 47 EEPROM Vendor Unique Page Parameters 5 98 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued Length Name Value Rep Default Bytes Usage LOADERLUN ASCII Decimal 1 1 1 7 LUN to report media loader device on REWINDONRESET ASCII Binary 1 1 0 Do not rewind on BUS RESET or BDR message CAUTION May have partial block data written to tape if reset occurs during WRITE 1 Rewind the tape medium to BOT on reset ENALDRAUTOLD ASCII Binary 1 1 To turn on off sequential loading with loader DISLDRAUTODMC ASCII Binary 1 1 To partially disable sequential loading with loader if any media loader command has been received ENAPARERRRETRY ASCII Binary 0 1 To turn on off parity error retry feature ENAMODEPG22 ASCII Binary 0 1 To enable vendor unique Data Compression Status Mode Page NODISCONFXDBLK ASCII Binary 1 1 To turn on off feature that prevents disconnecting on every fixed block data transfer PROTECTDIRONWP ASCII Binary 0 1 To protect tape directory if the cartridge write protect switch is in its write protect position ENACLNGLTRPT ASCII Binary 1 1 To report error status if cleaning indicator is on LONGXPORTPAGE ASCII Binary 1 1 To report
224. lling and Operating the Tape System If Then You Should Indicators along right hand The tape leader may be Open the handle and look side of front panel are blinking dropped inside the tape system If the and the Operate Handle Light tape leader is missing is illuminated steadily contact your service representative Also check the tape cartridges for damage Table 2 15 Troubleshooting Chart continued If after attempting the recommended actions listed in Table 2 14 the problem still exists or returns a hardware failure may be the cause Contact a service representative Refer to Appendix F for complete visual inspection instructions for DLTtape cartridges The web site http www dlttape com includes much valuable information about DLTtape systems Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 2 45 Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System This Page Intentionally Left Blank 2 46 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 3 SCSI Description This chapter provides a detailed description of the logical interfaces of the tape drive The drive is fully compliant with the ANSI SCSI 2 standard for tape drive devices and implements many optional features 3 1 SCSI Overview The Small Computer System Interface SCSI is a specification for a peripheral bus and command set that is an ANSI standard The standard defines an I O bus that supports up to 16 devices wide SCSD ANSI defines thr
225. mand requests that the peripheral device logical unit numbers of known logical units in the target be sent to the applications client The command only returns information about the logical units to which commands may be sent Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code AOh 1 5 Reserved MSB 6 9 Allocation Length LSB 10 Reserved 11 Unused Reserved Flag Link Figure 5 87 REPORT LUNS Command Descriptor Block Data Format Field Description Allocation If the Allocation Length is not sufficient to contain the logical unit Length number values for all configured logical units the device server still reports as many logical number values as will fit in the Allocation Length The format of the report of configured logical units is shown in Figure 5 88 Table 5 85 REPORT LUNS Command Descriptor Block Field Description 5 186 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands REPORT LUNS Command 0Ah continued LUN List Length n LSB 4 7 Reserved 8 15 LUN first LUN LSB e e e e e e n 7 n LUN last LUN if more than one Figure 5 88 LUN Reporting Parameter List Data Format The LUN List Length field contains the length in bytes of the LUN list that can be transferred The LUN list length equals the number of logical unit numbers reported multiplied by eight If the allocation length in the CDB is too small to allow transfer
226. marks LOWEST Blocks Beginning of Media Partition or End of Media Partition End of Data The tape drive supports only one parition Note that a SPACE Sequential Filemarks is a SPACE to the first occurrence of n filemarks written sequentially A SPACE command in the form SPACE N blocks will halt with GOOD status after the Nth block or with CHECK CONDITION status on any occurrence of Filemark EOD BOM P or EOM P A command SPACE N Filemarks will halt on the Nth Filemark with GOOD status on any occurrence of EOD BOM P or EOM P Depending on the size of blocks read ahead data in the buffer allows some spacing requests to be satisfied without actual tape movement 5 218 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 29 TEST UNIT READY Command 00h The TEST UNIT READY command checks the tape drive to ensure that the unit is ready for commands involving tape movement If the drive has a tape loaded the command returns a GOOD status Otherwise CHECK CONDITION is reported Due to power cycle code update and tape loaded conditions it is possible to get multiple check conditions on a TEST UNIT READY command Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 00h 1 Logical Unit Number Reserved 2 4 Reserved 5 Unused Reserved Flag Link Figure 5 100 TEST UNIT READY Command Descriptor Block Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 219
227. meters Field Descriptions continued Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 43 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands LOG SELECT Command 4Ch continued Field Name Description TMC LP Parameter Length Parameter Value Threshold Met Criteria Once the criteria specified in this field is met and the ETC bit is 1 and the RLEC bit in MODE SENSE SELECT Control Page is set to 1 then UNIT ATTENTION is generated for all initiators The criteria for comparison are Code Basis of Comparison 00b Every update of the cumulative value 01b Cumulative value equal to threshold value 10b Cumulative value not equal to threshold value 11b Cumulative value greater than threshold value e The Default Threshold Values are the maximum values that each parameter can attain e The Current Cumulative Values are the values computed since the last reset of the device either via power cycle BUS DEVICE RESET or SCSI RESET e The Default Cumulative Values are the values to which each parameter is initialized at a reset condition Default values are zero e By default Current Threshold Values Default Threshold Values Note that all types of parameter values are changeable via LOG SELECT List Parameter This bit should always be set to 0 to indicate parameter codes are treated as data counters This field specifies the number of bytes of the parameter value This field indicates the actual value of this log parameter
228. mmand support data and definitions of the fields follow Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type 1 Reserved Support 2 ISO Version ECMA Version ANSI Approved Version 3 4 Reserved 5 CDB Size m 5 6 m CDB Usage Data LSB Figure 5 12 Command Support Data Page Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 31 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands INQUIRY Command 12h continued 5 32 Field Description Support The value of the Support field describes the type of support that the tape drive provides for Command Support Data Value Description 0 _ _ _ 7 _ 000b Data about the requested SCSI operation code is not currently available In this case all data after Byte 1 is undefined 001b The device does not support the SCSI operation code requested In this case all data after Byte 1 is undefined 010b Reserved 011b The device supports the SCSI operation code in conformance with the SCSI standard 100b Vendor Specific 101b The device supports the SCSI operation code but in a vendor specific manner 110b Vendor Specific 111b Reserved ISO Version Must be 0 ECMA Version Must be 0 ANSI Approved Version CDB Size CDB Usage Data Minimum operating definition for supported command This field contains the number of bytes in the CDB for the Operation Code being requested and the size of the CDB Usage D
229. mmands 5 17 READ POSITION Command 34h The READ POSITION command is used to read a position identifier or SCSI Logical Block Address LBA The LOCATE command uses this identifier to position back to this same logical position in a high performance fashion Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 34h 1 Logical Unit Number Rsv d TCLP Long BT 2 8 Reserved 9 Unused Reserved Flag Link Figure 5 77 READ POSITION Command Descriptor Block Data Format FieldName Description TCLP Total Current Logical Position When 1 data returned includes block filemark and setmark position and fits format described in Section 5 17 2 When 0 the data takes the SCSI 2 format described in Section 5 17 1 This bit indicates the drive returns data specifying the partition file and set number with the current logical position long form A TCLP bit of 0 indicates the device server will return data specifying the first and last block location with the number of bytes and blocks in the buffer short form Long When the Long bit 1 it indicates the server will return 32 bytes of data a value of 0 indicates the device server will return 20 bytes of data Both the Long bit and the TCLP bit must both be set to 1 or O If these bits have different values the drive returns CHECK CONDITION ILLEGAL REQUEST BT Block Type This bit indicates how the position is to be interpreted Since the tape drive uses the same logical
230. modified using LOG SELECT Queue Algorithm Must be 0 Modifier Qerr Queue Error Must be 0 DQue Disable Queuing Must be 0 EECA Enable Extended Contingent Allegiance Not supported must be 0 RAENP Ready Asynchronous Event Notification Not supported must be 0 UAAENP Unit Attention Asynchronous Event Notification Not supported must be 0 EAENP Enable AEN Permission Asynchronous event notification is not supported must be 0 Ready AEN Holdoff Not supported must be 0 Period Table 5 42 Control Mode Page Descriptor Field Descriptions 5 86 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued 5 9 5 DATA COMPRESSION PAGE 0Fh The Data Compression page specifies parameters for the control of data compression This page allows the user to turn the tape drive s compressed format on and off independently of the tape medium s position Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Reserved Page Code 0Fh 1 Page Length OEh 2 DCE DCC Reserved 3 DDE RED Reserved 1 00 MSB 4 7 Compression Algorithm 10 LSB 8 11 Decompression Algorithm 10 LSB 12 15 Reserved Figure 5 44 Data Compression Page Format Descriptor Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 87 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued Field Name Description Page Code The Page C
231. move from not ready to ready Prior to performing the load unload the target ensures that all data filemarks and or setmarks shall have transferred to the tape medium Causes the target to position the logical unit to the specified block address in a specified partition When complete the logical position is before the specified position Provides a means for the initiator to manage statistical information maintained by the drive about the drive This standard defines the format of the log pages but does not define the exact conditions and events that are logged Provides a means for the initiator to retrieve statistical information maintained by the drive about the drive Table 3 1 Implemented ANSI SCSI 2 Commands Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Description Command Code Class Description MODE SELECT 6 15h Optional Provides a means for the initiator to specify device parameters MODE SENSE 1Ah Optional Provides a means for a drive to report 6 10 5Ah parameters to the initiator PREVENT ALLOW 1Eh Optional Requests that the target enable or MEDIUM REMOVAL disable the removal of the medium in the logical unit Medium cannot be removed if any initiator has medium removal prevented READ 08h Mandatory Requests the drive to transfer data to the initiator READ BLOCK O5h Mandatory Requests that the logical unit s block LIMITS length limits capability be returned READ BUFFER
232. mware update process when the new image is actually being programmed into the FLASH EEPROMs the tape drive s PCBA will be rendered unusable When performing a firmware update take all possible precautions to prevent power failure to the tape drive Make sure you are using a DLTtape that bears the firmware image of the required revision level copied to it 1 Put the tape drive into the firmware update mode To do this A Remove any cartridge in the target tape drive and close the handle down position B Press the UNLOAD button on the drive front panel and hold the button until the WRITE PROTECTED indicator begins blinking approximately six seconds This indicates that the tape drive has recognized your request for firmware update mode and is waiting for the sequence to complete C 2 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands NOTE If the WRITE PROTECTED indicator does not blink check that 1 POST passed 2 The drive is unloaded 3 The drive handle is in its down position elease the UNLOAD button then press the UNLOAD button again within four 4 seconds The second press should take less than one 1 second The TAPE IN USE and the WRITE PROTECTED indicators will blink This indicates that the tape drive recognizes that the firmware update mode has been selected If you are unsuccessful in selecting the firmware update mode if for example pressing the UNLOAD button the second
233. n Parameter Codes 0000h through 0005h are supported Code Description 0000h_ Specifies device type For sequential type devices such as tape drives the value is always 00010000h 0001h Specifies device cleaning related status See Figure 5 30 0002h Specifies the number of loads over the lifetime of the tape drive 0003h Specifies the number of cleaning sessions per cartridge 0004h _ Vendor unique 0005h Drive Temperature in degreesC Disable Update Always 0 Disable Save Not supported This bit always set to 1 Target Save Disable When 0 indicates that the target provides a target defined method for saving log parameters When 1 indicates that either the target does not provide a defined method for saving log parameters or that the target defined method has been disabled by the initiator Enable Threshold Comparison Threshold checking is not supported on this page Always set to 0 Threshold Met Criteria Always 0 List Parameter Always set to 0 parameter codes treated as data counter Table 5 33 Log Parameters for DEVICE STATUS LOG SENSE Page Field Descriptions Byte i aia cca Eo a i MSB Reserved ClnR CInQ CInEx Reserved LSB Figure 5 33 Log Parameters Format for DEVICE STATUS LOG SENSE Page Parameter 5 70 0001h Cleaning Related Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh continued Field Name Descri
234. n and current logical position Set Number Number of Setmarks between beginning of partition and current logical position Table 5 78 READ POSITION Long Form Data Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 173 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 18 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command 1Ch The RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command fetches the results of the last SEND DIAGNOSTIC command sent to the tape drive ee eee ee ae Byte Operation Code 1Ch Logical Unit Number Reserved Reserved MSB Allocation Length LSB Unused Reserved Flag Link wo oO 1 N oO A Figure 5 80 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command Descriptor Block Data Format Field Name Description Allocation Length Specifies the number of bytes of diagnostic page results the drive is allowed to send to the initiator Table 5 79 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command Data Field Descriptions 5 174 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Command 1Ch continued The following data is returned by the drive as a result of the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC command Note that a REQUEST SENSE command should be used to obtain more detailed information following a CHECK CONDITION on a SEND DIAGNOSTIC command 0 Controller Present Flag 1 Controller Error Flag 2 Drive Present Flag 3 Drive Error Flag 4 Media Loader Present Flag 5
235. n which DLTtape cartridge is used DLTtape Cartridge Storage Capacity Storage Capacity Length of Medium Native Compressed DLTtape IV 40 0 GB User Data 80 0 GB User Data 1800 foot tape DLTtape IIIXT 15 0 GB User Data 30 0 GB User Data 1800 foot tape DLTtape III 10 0 GB User Data 20 0 GB User Data 1200 foot tape Actual capacity will vary depending on data Table 1 1 Storage Capacity 1 3 2 Interface Type Two interfaces are available Low Voltage Differential LVD Single Ended and High Voltage Differential HVD SCSI 2 1 2 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data General Description and Specifications 1 3 3 Performance and Timing Specifications Table 1 2 provides performance and timing specifications for the tape system Item Transfer Rates Error Rates Tracks Linear Bit Density READ WRITE Tape Speed Rewind Tape Speed Linear Search Tape Speed Average Rewind Time Specification User Native 6 0 MB second Compresseed Up to 12 0 MB second Recoverable READ Error Rate 1 in 10 bits read Unrecoverable READ Error Rate 1 in 10 bits read Undetected READ Error Rate 1 in 10 bits read 208 physical 52 quad logical tracks on media drive has 4 parallel physical 1 logical tracks written or read simultaneously 98 250 bpi per track 168 inches second 175 inches second 175 inches second 60 seconds Depending on data type and SCSI bus
236. nals within one hold time of the transition of the ACK signal to true The drive waits at least the greater of these periods before again asserting the REQ signal a A transfer period from the last transition of the REQ signal to true or b A negation period from the last transition of the REQ signal to false The initiator waits at least the greater of the following periods before again asserting the ACK signal a A transfer period from the last transition of the ACK signal to true or b A negation period from the last transition of the ACK signal to false Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Description 3 5 5 3 Signal Restrictions Between Phases When the SCSI bus is between two information transfer phases the following restrictions apply to the SCSI bus signals The BSY SEL REQ and ACK signals do not change The C D I O MSG and DATA BUS signals can change When changing the DATA BUS direction from out initiator driving to in drive driving the drive delays driving the DATA BUS by at least a data release delay plus one bus settle delay after asserting the I O signal The initiator releases the DATA BUS no later than a data release delay after the transition of the I O signal to true When switching the DATA BUS from in to out the drive releases the DATA BUS no later than a deskew delay after negating the I O signal The ATN and RST signals can change as defined under the descriptio
237. nce the transition to ready is synchronous Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 3 31 Tandberg Data SCSI Description This Page Intentionally Left Blank 3 32 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 4 Messages The SCSI message system allows communication between an initiator and the drive for interface management and command qualification Messages can be originated by either the initiator or the drive This section contains a detailed description of the messages Supported by the disk drives 4 1 Message Format A message can be one or more bytes in length One or more messages can be sent during a single MESSAGE phase but a message cannot be split over MESSAGE phases The initiator is required to end the MESSAGE OUT phase by negating ATN when it sends certain messages that are identified in Table 4 2 When a connection to the drive is established i e the drive is selected with ATN asserted the first message byte passed by the initiator must be either an IDENTIFY ABORT or BUS DEVICE RESET message If not the drive discards the message saves no status information and goes to the BUS FREE phase If an initiator supplies an unsupported message for example COMMAND COMPLETE or a reserved or undefined message code the drive returns a MESSAGE REJECT message and continues where it left off possibly returning to MESSAGE OUT if ATN is raised The first byte of the message as defined in Table 4 1 determines the format of the
238. nd 6 10 15h 55h continued Field Name PS Additional Page Length CAP CAF Active Format Active Partition Write Buffer Full Ratio Read Buffer Empty Ratio Write Delay Time Description Parameters Savable For MODE SELECT this bit must be 0 This field indicates the number bytes in the page However the value does not include bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned in MODE SENSE commands and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT If the page length does not match that expected by the drive a CHECK CONDITION status is returned sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST The drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status with sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST if it receives an unsupported Page Code or a Page field with values not supported or changeable In such cases no parameters are changed as a result of the command Change Active Partition Not supported must be 0 Change Active Format Not supported must be 0 Not supported Must be 0 Only partition 0 is supported Setting this field to any other value causes rejection by the drive with a CHECK CONDITION status sense key ILLEGAL REQUEST set The drive sets this field to 0 The drive uses an automatic adaptive mechanism to adjust its Full Ratio according to the average data rates over the SCSI bus The drive sets this field to 0 The drive uses an automatic adaptive mechanism to adjust its Empty Ratio according to the average data r
239. nd Data Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 31 WRITE Command 0Ah The WRITE command transfers one or more blocks from the host to the current logical position When in Buffered Mode see MODE SELECT the tape drive reports GOOD status on WRITE commands as soon as this data block has been transferred to the data buffer a ee eS Byte 0 Operation Code OAh 1 Logical Unit Number Reserved Fixed MSB 2 4 Transfer Length LSB 5 Unused Reserved Flag Link Figure 5 102 WRITE Command Descriptor Block Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 221 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands WRITE Command 0Ah continued Field Name Description Fixed The fixed bit specifies both the meaning of the Transfer Length field and whether fixed length or variable length blocks are to be transferred When the Fixed bit is 0 Variable length block mode is selected A single block is transferred from the initiator and is written to the logical unit beginning at the current logical tape position Upon successful termination the tape is logically positioned after this block on the Enod of Media Partition or EOM P side The Transfer Length specifies the number of bytes that the drive handshakes out from the initiator as one block When the Fixed bit is 1 the Transfer Length field specifies the number of blocks to be transferred to the host beginnin
240. nd Operating the Tape System 2 2 4 2 Connecting SCSI Bus and Power Cables Carefully connect the appropriate SCSI and power cables to their matching connectors Figure 2 5 shows the location of the SCSI and power connectors on the rear of the tape system Tables 2 2 through 2 4 provide SCSI pin signal names locations for the SCSI connectors Table 2 5 provides power connector signal names locations NOTE In some installations it may be easier to connect the SCSI bus and power cables before securing the tape system in its bay or position within its cabinet or chassis Pin 1 68 Pin SCSI Connector Pin 1 Power Connector Rear View Connector End of Tape System Figure 2 5 Connectors for SCSI Bus Cable and Power Cable 2 10 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System Signal Name Pin Number Pin Number Signal Name Signal Return 1 35 DB 12 Signal Return 2 36 DB 13 Signal Return 3 37 DB 14 Signal Return 4 38 DB 15 Signal Return 5 39 DB P1 Signal Return 6 40 DB 0 Signal Return 7 41 DB 1 Signal Return 8 42 DB 2 Signal Return 9 43 DB 3 Signal Return 10 44 DB 4 Signal Return 11 45 DB 5 Signal Return 12 46 DB 6 Signal Return 13 47 DB 7 Signal Return 14 48 DB P0 Signal Return 15 49 Ground Ground DIFFSENS 16 50 Ground TERMPWR 17 51 TERMP
241. nd TAPE IN USE indicators do not blink The drive resets and the tape remains loaded to signal that the firmware update was unsuccessful The controller PCBA is probably unusable and should be replaced The tape drive performs a reset and reruns POST POST will fail if FLASH EEPROM does not contain a valid firmware image Table C 2 Results of Firmware Update continued Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Appendix C This Page Intentionally Left Blank Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual D Running the Basic Health Check BHC Test via the Library Port This appendix explains how to run the DLT8000 tape system s BHC test on a tape drive that is configured as a component within a library NOTE The BHC feature is provided for use only by a trained service provider Issue the RUN BHC TEST command 15h to the tape drive configured within the library For the results of the BHC test obtain Tape Data Packet 3 by issuing a SEND TAPE DATA 3 command 13h The results of the BHC test are reported in Byte 1 of Tape Data Packet 3 The BHC test status results possible are Code Indicates Meaning 00h BHC Test Not Run BHC test has not been invoked via the Library Port since the last time that Tape Data Packet 3 was read The tape drive within the library sets this status after each read of the Tape Data Packet 3 except if the BHC test is in progress Oth BHC Test In Progress This code ind
242. nds Tape medium might not be present in the drive or may be in the process of loading or calibrating 3h MEDIUM ERROR An unrecoverable WRITE READ or positioning error has occurred Detailed device specific information may be available 4h HARDWARE ERROR The Additional Sense Code Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields may present more specific information 5h ILLEGAL REQUEST The Command Descriptor Block or supplied parameter data had an unsupported or illegal operation specified Check bytes 15 16 and 17 6h UNIT ATTENTION Unit Attentions are created after a device reset if the medium asynchronously becomes ready to the initiator if another initiator changes Mode Parameters and or if the firmware is updated 7h DATA PROTECTED The current tape medium is write protected This can be because the Write Protect switch on the cartridge is in its enabled position or if the tape medium is not the appropriate type DLTtape or DLTtape Il or if a software write protect is issued 8h BLANK CHECK An End of Data or LongGap has been encountered Bh COMMAND ABORTED This key is generated when a command has been aborted by the tape drive for some reason Check the Additional Sense Code Additional Sense Code Qualifier bytes Dh VOLUME OVERFLOW This key indicates that the physical end of tape medium has been reached during writing The initiator ignored the End of Medium condition and continued to write to tape Eh MISCOMPARE A com
243. nds such as INQUIRY do not change sense data If the tape drive receives an unsolicited REQUEST SENSE it returns sense data with the appropriate values in the End of Media EOM Sense Key Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier The positional information provided reflects the logical position of the tape drive The tape drive returns information based on the non diagnostic data in its buffer as well as the data on tape medium Additionally bytes 25 through 28 contain the amount of tape to be written in 4 KB blocks REQUEST SENSE does not cause the drive to flush its buffered data to tape Therefore if the host requires the exact physical positioning of the tape medium it should precede the REQUEST SENSE command with a WRITE FILEMARKS command with length 0 Immed 0 specified This forces the tape drive to flush any currently buffered data to tape A subsequent REQUEST SENSE command returns the actual physical and logical position of the tape drive to the initiator The following illustration portrays the format of REQUEST SENSE DATA Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 189 Tandberg Data SCS Commands REQUEST SENSE Command 03h continued w 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Valid Error Code Segment Number 0 Filemark EOM ILI Reserved Sense Key Ua Information Bytes LSB Additional Sense Length MSB Command Specific Information Bytes LSB Additional Sense Code
244. nique SCSI ID bit The other seven or fifteen data bits are released The parity bit DB P or P1 can be released or driven true but is never driven false during this phase I amp T The signal is driven by the initiator drive or both as specified in the SELECTION and RESELECTION phase Init If driven this signal is driven only by the active initiator None The signal is released that is not driven by any SCSI device The bias circuitry of the bus terminators pulls the signal to the false state Winner The signal is driven by the winning SCSI device Targ If the signal is driven it is driven only by the active drive Table 3 2 Signal Sources Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 3 5 Tandberg Data SCSI Description 3 3 2 SCSI ID Bits SCSI permits a maximum of eight SCSI devices on a SCSI bus 16 devices are permitted when using wide SCSI Each SCSI device has a unique SCSI ID assigned to it This SCSI ID provides an address for identifying the device on the bus On the drive the SCSI ID is assigned by configuring jumpers or connecting remote switches to the option connector Chapter 2 Hardware Implementation has full instructions for setting the SCSI ID 3 6 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Description 3 4 SCSI Signals The following paragraphs define SCSI signals and bus timing values 3 4 1 SCSI Signal Definitions Table 3 3 defines the SCSI bus signals Signal Definition
245. nitiator except by the execution of a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command that specifies either a Pre empt or Pre empt and Clear service action New persistent reservations that do not conflict with an existing persistent reservation execute normally Persistent reservations of logical units or extents having the same Type value are permitted if no conflicting persistent reservations are held by another initiator When these types of overlapping reservations are released each of the extent reservations and logical unit reservations are removed with a separate Release service action Multiple identical reservations from the same initiator are all released simultaneously via a single Release service action that matches the reservations continued Table 5 67 PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command s Service Action Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 151 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command 5Fh continued Code Name Description 02h 03h Release Clear A PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command with Release service action removes a persistent reservation held by the same initiator The fields associated with a Release service action match fields of the active persistent reservation Sending of a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command that specifies a Release service action when no persistent reservation exists from that initiator does not result in an error Instead the device server
246. nitiator that has not previously performed a Register service action with the device server that attempts a transfer to the target results ina reservation conflict ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS Allowed any initiator may reserve the logical unit extents or elements as long as the persistent reservations to not conflict with any reservations already known to the device server READS Exclusive any command from an initiator that has not previously performed a Register service action with the device server that attempts a transfer from the target results in a reservation conflict WRITES Exclusive any command from an initiator that has not previously performed a Register service action with the device server that attempts a transfer to the target results ina reservation conflict ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS Allowed any initiator may reserve the logical unit extents or elements as long as the persistent reservations to not conflict with any reservations already known to the device server N A Table 5 64 Persistent Reservation Type Codes and Their Meanings continued Table 5 65 represents graphically all possible combinations of Persistent Reservations Being Attempted when Persistent Reservations are already held for each of the types of persistent reservations 5 144 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command 5Eh continued Persistent Reservation Already Held
247. nition indicating that Medium Format Recognition is supported Table 5 45 Medium Partition Page Descriptor Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 93 Tandberg Data SCS Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued 5 9 8 TAPEALERT PAGE 1Ch The drive supports the TapeAlert Page which is used to set change the supported TapeAlert configuration options use the MODE SENSE command to read the settings of the TapeAlert page BS ee ie et ee PS 0 0 Page Code 1Ch Additional Page Length 0A Perf 0 Reserved DExcpt Test Rsvd LogErr 1 Reserved MRIE MSB 4 7 Interval Timer LSB MSB 8 11 Report Count Test Flag Number LSB Figure 5 47 TapeAlert Page Format Descriptor Data Format 5 94 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued Field Name Description PS Parameters Savable For MODE SELECT this bit must be 0 Additional Page This field indicates the number bytes in the page However the Length value does not include bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned in MODE SENSE commands and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT If the page length does not match that expected by the drive a CHECK CONDITION status is returned sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST The drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status with sense key set to ILLEGA
248. nnot be saved savable pages are not supported When set to 1 it indicates that the page can be saved in nonvolatile memory by the drive This field indicates the number of bytes in the page Note that this value does not include bytes 0 and 1 The length is returned on MODE SENSE and must subsequently be set to the same value when performing MODE SELECT Not supported Not supported Not supported Not supported Not supported The value in this field specifies the maximum amount of data to be transferred without disconnecting A value of 0 sets no limit This value is given in 512 byte increments For example a value of 8 indicates 4K bytes Values that are not multiples of 8 are rounded up to the nearest multiple of 8 Data Transfer Disconnect Control The value in this field specifies the restriction when a disconnect is permitted Table 5 54 DISCONNECT RECONNECT Error Recovery Page Field Descriptions 5 120 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah continued 5 10 3 3 Control Mode Page 0Ah The Control Mode Page allows the user to determine whether the tape drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status when one of the WRITE and READ counters has reached a specified threshold Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte Reserved Page Code 0Ah Page Length 06 Reserved RLEC Queue Algorithm Modifier 0 Reserved Qerr 0 DQue O
249. nous transfer negotiations with the host but this feature is disabled by default To enable it set the MODE SELECT VU ERROM parameter EnalnitSyncNeg This extended message allows the target and initiator to agree on the values of the parameters relevant to synchronous transfers The tape drive will not initiate the Synchronous Data Transfer Request message it relies on the initiator to do so The Synchronous Data Transfer Request command has the format shown in Figure 4 4 Extended Message Identifier 01h see Figure 4 1 Length 03h Transfer Period Min 25 19h equals 100 ns 2 Message Code 01h Transfer REQ ACK Offset Max 15 Figure 4 4 Synchronous Data Transfer Request Message Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 4 11 Tandberg Data Messages 4 2 16 _ WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST Message 03h The following figure illustrates the message formats Bt 7 6 5 4 8 2 ee o Byte 0 Extended Message Identifier 01h see Figure 4 1 1 Extended Message Length 02h 2 WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST 03h 3 Transfer Width Exponent Figure 4 5 Wide Data Transfer Request Message Data Format A WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST Message exchange is initiated by a SCSI device whenever a previously arranged transfer width agreement may have become invalid The agreement becomes invalid after any condition that may leave the data transfer
250. ns for the attention condition Section 3 6 1 and reset condition Section 3 6 2 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 3 25 Tandberg Data SCSI Description 3 5 5 4 STATUS Phase The tape drive enters the status phase just once per command unless a retry is requested by the initiator The only exception is during error cases when the device goes immediately to bus free as defined in the ANSI SCSI 2 specification Status bytes the tape drive can return are as follows Status Bytes Returned from Tape Definition Drive GOOD 00h This status indicates that the drive successfully completed the command CHECK CONDITION 02h A contingent allegiance condition occurred The REQUEST SENSE command should be sent following this status to determine the nature of the event BUSY 08h Target is busy This status is returned whenever the device is unable to accept a command from an otherwise acceptable initiator The initiator should reissue the command at a later time INTERMEDIATE GOOD 10h This status is returned instead of GOOD for commands issued with the LINK bit set 1 Following the return of this status the drive proceeds to the COMMAND phase for the transfer of the next linked command RESERVATION CONFLICT 18h This status is returned by the drive whenever a SCSI device attempts to access the drive when it has been reserved for another initiator with a RESERVE UNIT command COMMAND TERMINATED 22h This status is re
251. ntents A Definition of Vendor Unique Sense Data Information A 1 B EEPROM resident Bugcheck and Event Logs B 1 B 1 EEPROM Packets LAST n EVENTS 1 B 2 Bugcheck Packets 2 B 2 1 POST Failure Packets 3 B 2 2 Event Log Packets 3 C Updating the Firmware C 1 C 1 Overview 1 C 2 Creating a Firmware Update Tape 1 C 3 Firmware Update Procedure 2 C 4 Interpreting the Results of a Firmware Update 4 D Running the Basic Health Check BHC Test via the Library Port D 1 E Visual Inspection Procedure for DLTtape Cartridges E 1 F Timeout Specifications for DLT8000 Tape System SCSI Commands F 1 G DLT7000 Emulation Feature G 1 G 1 Enabling and Clearing the DLT7000 Emulation Feature 2 G 2 What You Should Know About the DLT7000 Emulation Feature 3 G 3 Verifying Product Family via the SCSI Bus 4 G 4 SCSI Bus Differences 5 G 5 Front Panel Differences 7 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual v Tandberg Data Table of Contents vi This Page Intentionally Left Blank Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 0 About This Manual About this Manual outlines the scope and contents of this manual It contains information about the intended audience purpose of the manual document organization and document conventions 0 1 Audience This manual is written for original equipment manufacturers OEMs that are integrating this Tandberg DLT8000 system into a host system or subsystem Its primary audience is the OEM technical staff that
252. nue as asserted the NO OPERATION message is ignored by the tape drive 4 2 13 RESTORE POINTERS Message 03h The RESTORE POINTERS message is sent from the drive to the initiator to direct the initiator to copy the most recently saved command data and status pointers for the I O process to the corresponding current pointers The command and status pointers are restored to the beginning of the present command and status areas The data pointer is restored to the value at the beginning of the data area in the absence of aSAVE DATA POINTER message or to the value at the point at which the last SAVE DATA POINTER message occurred for that logical unit When the RESTORE POINTERS message is received as a target the target switches to the message in phase and returns MESSAGE REJECT 4 2 14 SAVE DATA POINTER Message 02h The SAVE DATA POINTER message is sent from the drive to direct the initiator to copy the current data pointer to the saved data pointer for the current I O process When functioning as a target the tape drive sends this message before a disconnect during a data transfer It does not send a SAVE DATA POINTER message if it intends to move directly to STATUS phase When received as a target it switches to message in phase and returns MESSAGE REJECT 4 10 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Messages 4 2 15 SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST Message 01h NOTE The tape drive supports initiating synchro
253. ode identifies the type of MODE SELECT page being transferred A value of OFh identifies this as the Data Compression page Page Length The Page Length field indicates the number of bytes in the Data Compression page that follow this byte The valid value for this byte is OEh DCE Data Compression Enable This bit specifies whether the tape drive should enable or disable data compression When set to 1 the drive starts in compressed format DCC Data Compression Capable This bit is used by the MODE SENSE command to indicate that the tape drive supports data compression DDE Data Decompression Enable Must be set to 1 When the tape drive reads compressed data from tape it automatically decompresses the data before sending it to the initiator Data compression must always be enabled RED Report Exception on Decompression The tape drive does not report exceptions on decompression boundaries between compressed and uncompressed data The RED field must be 00h Compression The Compression Algorithm field indicates which compression Algorithm algorithm the tape drive will use to process data from the initiator when the DCE bit byte 02 bit 7 is set to 1 The only value currently supported for this field is 10h NOTE Specifying a value other than 10h for this field causes the tape drive to return CHECK CONDITION status sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST However if EEPROM parameter EnaRepDecomp is set the parameter in this field is i
254. oduct Manual Tandberg Data General Description and Specifications 1 3 12 Power Requirements Table 1 10 provides the applicable power requirements for both versions of the tape system Note that the tabletop version requires ac power Description Integratible Version Tabletop Version Electrical Rating Auto Not applicable Ranging Power Requirements 28 W steady state Power Consumption 5 V 5 bus 2 8 A steady state 4 35 A maximum 12 V 5 bus 1 2 A steady state 4 5 A maximum 100 to 240 VAC 56 W maximum Not Applicable Not Applicable Table 1 10 Power Requirements Voltage measured at the power bus connector pins Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 1 11 Tandberg Data General Description and Specifications 1 3 13 Current Requirements Table 1 11 presents the current requirements for the tape system in a variety of operating conditions These numbers may vary with workload Drive Operating in WRITE Mode Start Stop Typical Maximum Includes Ripple 5 Volt 2 2 3 9 12 Volt 1 2 SE Drive Operating in Calibration Typical Maximum Includes Ripple 5 Volt 2 1 g9 12 Volt 1 2 A3 Drive Tensioned but Tape Not in Motion Standby Mode Typical Maximum Includes Ripple 5 Volt 2 2 ee 12 Volt 0 6 co Drive Unloaded with Cartridge Door Opened Apical Maximum Includes Ripple 5 Volt 2 1 ae 12 Volt 0 6 a Drive Rewinding to BOT Typical
255. of the Command Descriptor Block fields Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code MSB 1 Logical Unit Number Logical Block Address 2 3 Logical Block Address LBA LSB 4 Transfer Length Parameter List Length or Allocation Length 5 Control NOTE Unless otherwise specified all reserved bits indicated in the commands are 0 The Control byte is described on Page 5 6 Figure 5 1 Typical 6 Byte Command Descriptor Block Data Format 5 4 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands Field Operation Code Logical Unit Number Logical Block Address Transfer Length Parameter List Length Allocation Length Control Field Relative Address RelAdr Description The operation code specifies the command being requested The list of supported SCSI commands and their operation codes are contained in Table 5 1 The Logical Unit Number contains the number of the device being addressed It must be set to 0 The Logical Unit Number is ignored if the Command Descriptor Block is preceded by an IDENTIFY Message Commands that require additional parameter data specify the length of the Logical Block Address that is needed See the specific command descriptions for more detailed information The drive does not support Relative Addressing it defaults to a value of 0 which specifies that the Logical Block Address specifies the first logical block of a range of logical blocks to be opera
256. ommand 3Bh continued Field Name Description Buffer ID For all of the modes described for the Mode field only a Buffer ID of 0 is supported If the Buffer ID field is a value other than 0 the command is rejected The target detects and rejects commands that would overrun the buffer Buffer Offset See Sections 5 32 1 through 5 32 4 for the appropriate settings Table 5 102 WRITE BUFFER Command Data Field Descriptions continued 5 32 1 Write Combined Header and Data Mode 000b The data to be transferred is preceded by a 4 byte header consisting entirely of reserved bytes This header is discarded not stored within the buffer The buffer offset field must be O for this mode 5 32 2 Write Data Mode 010b Similar to Header and Data Mode except there is no header in the data passed to the target Any potential buffer overruns are detected and the command is rejected CAUTION During the actual reprogramming of the FLASH EEPROM if any type of powerfail occurs or if the reprogramming fails before completion the tape drive subsystem becomes unusable and the tape drive must be replaced 5 32 3 Download Microcode Mode 100b Using buffer offsets the host can download the firmware image into the target s buffer in pieces These commands do not cause the new image to become active A Download and Save Mode WRITE BUFFER command must be issued for the image to become active Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 2
257. ommands LOCATE Command 2Bh continued Field Name Description BT Block Type The Block Type bit indicates how the Block Address field is interpreted The first recorded object block or filemark is at address 0 and Block Addresses count both data blocks and filemarks CP Change Partition Since multiple partitions are not supported this bit must be set to 0 Immed Immediate If this bit is set to 1 status is returned as soon as the operation is started If set to 0 status is returned after the operation has completed Block Address The Block Address field defines the SCSI Logical Block Address to which the media will be positioned These addresses start at address 0 and include data blocks and filemarks Partition Not applicable see Change Partition field above Table 5 15 LOCATE Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 37 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 7 LOG SELECT Command 4Ch The LOG SELECT command allows the host to manage statistical information maintained by the tape drive about its own hardware parameters or about the installed tape medium The description should be read in conjunction with the description of the LOG SENSE command that follows it and provides the user with information about log page format parameters and supported pages Bt 7 6 5 4 8 2 i a o0 Byte 0 Operation Code 4Ch 1 Logical Unit Number
258. on the DATA BUS the SCSI device wins the arbitration and asserts the SEL signal The winning SCSI device waits at least one bus clear delay plus one bus settle delay after asserting the SEL signal before changing any signals Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Description 3 5 3 SELECTION Phase The SELECTION phase allows an initiator to select a drive to initiate a drive function The SCSI device that won the arbitration has both the BSY and SEL signals asserted and has delayed at least one bus clear delay plus one bus settle delay before ending the ARBITRATION phase The SCSI device that won the arbitration becomes an initiator by not asserting the I O signal During SELECTION the I O signal is negated so that this phase can be distinguished from the RESELECTION phase Selection Sequence The initiator 1 Sets the DATA BUS to the OR of its SCSI ID bit and the drive s SCSI ID bit 2 Asserts the ATN signal signaling thata MESSAGE OUT phase is to follow the SELECTION phase Waits at least two deskew delays Releases the BSY signal Ar een ae Waits at least one bus settle delay 6 Looks for a response from the drive The drive 7 Determines that it is selected when the SEL signal and its SCSI ID bit are true and the BSY and I O signals are false for at least one bus settle delay 8 Can examine the DATA BUS to determine the SCSI ID of the selecting initiator 9 Asserts the BSY signa
259. op driving all bus signals after 1 BUS FREE is detected 2 SEL is received from another SCSI device during ARBITRATION 3 Transition of RST to true For condition 1 the maximum time for a SCSI device to clear the bus is 1200 ns 1 2 us from BSY and SEL first becoming both false If a SCSI device requires more than a bus settle delay to detect BUS FREE it clears the bus within a bus clear delay minus the excess time Maximum time a SCSI device waits from its detection of BUS FREE until its assertion of BSY when going to ARBITRATION Maximum time for a device to assert BSY and its SCSI ID bit on the DATA BUS after it detects BUS FREE to enter ARBITRATION Table 3 4 SCSI Bus Timing Values Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Description Timing Description Value Description Bus Settle Delay Cable Skew Delay Data Release Delay Deskew Delay Disconnection Delay Hold Time Negation Period Power On to Selection Reset to Selection Time Reset Hold Time Selection Abort Time Selection Time Out Delay 400 ns 10 ns 400 ns 45 ns 200 us 45 ns 90 ns 10s 250 ms 25 us 200 us 250 ms 1 Recommended Time Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Minimum time to wait for the bus to settle after changing certain control signals as called out in the protocol definitions Maximum difference in propagation time allowed between any two SCSI b
260. or DLT8000 tape systems a total of 8 MB is transferred Buffer Offset The Buffer Offset field allows the host to specify where the start of the data is within the buffer Allocation Length This field specifies the maximum number of bytes that the initiator has allocated for returning data The host uses this field to limit the size of data transfers to its own internal buffer size Table 5 74 READ BUFFER Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions The host should first send a READ BUFFER command in Descriptor mode to determine the size of the buffer being returned In response to the READ BUFFER command the tape system returns four bytes of data three of which contain the size of the buffer The host can then use this data to establish the Buffer Offset Allocation Length fields of the CDB Once the size of the buffer is known Mode 2 Data Only see Section 5 16 2 can be used to transfer the data across the SCSI Bus Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 167 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands READ BUFFER Command 3Ch continued 5 16 1 Combined Header and Data Mode In this mode the tape drive returns a 4 byte header followed by data bytes The drive terminates the DATA IN phase when the Allocation Length bytes of header and data have been transferred or when all available data has been transferred to the initiator whichever is less The 4 byte READ BUFFER header is followed by data bytes from the target data buffer The fig
261. or The device server reports informational exception conditions if such reports of recovered errors is allowed by returning CHECK CONDITION status on the next SCSI command except INQUIRY and REQUEST SENSE commands following detection of the condition The Sense Key is set to RECOVERED ERROR with an additional sense code of 5D 00 TapeAlert Event The SCSI command with CHECK CONDITION completes without error prior to the report of any exception condition and does not need to be repeated 06h Only Report Informational Exception Condition on Request The device server preserves information exception data To access the data a poll can be taken by issuing an unsolicited REQUEST SENSE command The Sense Key is set to NO SENSE with an additional sense code of 5D 00 TapeAlert Event The additional sense code of 5D 00 for values 03h and 06h signals that a TapeAlert has occurred Information about the event is stored in the TapeAlert Log Page The setting of MRIE does not impact logging of events in the TapeAlert Log Page Not Supported Not Supported Table 5 59 TapeAlert Page Format Descriptor Field Descriptions continued 5 132 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SENSE 6 10 Command 1Ah 5Ah continued 5 10 3 8 EEPROM Vendor Unique page 3Eh The tape drive supports the EEPROM vendor unique page 3Eh All the EEPROM parameters setable via the MODE SELECT s EEPROM Vendor Uniqu
262. ot sticking up about an eighth of an inch do not use the tape cartridge Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual E 5 Tandberg Data Appendix E 7 Figure 4 shows three different tape cartridge loop problems No tape cartridge that exhibits the problems shown in the examples in Figure E 4 should be used in a DLT tape system Example 1 Sw allowed Tape Cartridge Leader Example 3 Tape is Loosely Wound Figure E 4 Three Examples of Tape Cartridges with Damage Visible During Visual Inspection E 6 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Appendix B The Super DLTtape Cartridge 8 Finally check for proper operation of the tape cartridge s Write Protect Switch Figure E 5 This sliding switch located on the end of the tape cartridge used for the tape label should snap smartly back and forth and the orange tab should be visible when the tape cartridge is set to provide Write Protection data on the tape cannot be written over Write Protect Switch Figure E 5 Location of Write Protect Switch Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual E 7 Tandberg Data Appendix E E 8 This Page Intentionally Left Blank Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual F Timeout Specifications for DLT8000 Tape System SCSI Commands This appendix provides the timeout specifications for the SCSI commands supported by the DLT8000 tape system Command Timeout ERASE 6 hours for overwriting the entire tape INQUIRY
263. ot Supported Parameter List Error Parameter Value Invalid Incompatible medium Saving Parameters Not Supported continued Table 5 89 Supported ASC ASCQ in Hex continued 5 198 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands REQUEST SENSE Command 03h continued Sense Key ASC ASCQ Meaning 05h ILLEGAL REQUEST cont 3B oD Media Destination Element Full 3B 0E Media Source Element Empty 3D 00 Invalid Bits in ID Message 53 02 Media Removal Prevented 82 00 Not Allowed if Not at BOT 06h UNIT ATTENTION 28 00 Not Ready To Ready Transition 29 00 Generic Reset Occurred Cause Undetermined 29 01 Power On Occurred 29 02 SCSI Bus Reset Occurred 29 03 Bus Device Reset Occurred 29 04 Device Internal Reset 2A 01 Mode Parameters Changed 2A 02 Log Parameters Changed 3F 01 Microcode Has Been Changed 5B 01 Log Threshold Condition Met 07h DATA PROTECTED 27 80 Hardware WRITE Protect 27 82 Data Safety WRITE Protect 08h BLANK CHECK 00 05 EOD Encountered 09h VENDOR UNIQUE XX YY Code Update Event Where XX Drive Revision Code and YY Controller Revision Code continued Table 5 89 Supported ASC ASCO in Hex continued Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 199 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands REQUEST SENSE Command 03h continued Sense Key ASC OBh COMMAND ABORTED 43 44 44 44 44 44 44 45 47 48 49 4B 4E 83 00 80 82 83 84 87 89 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ASCQ
264. parameter codes treated as data counter Table 5 28 Log Parameters for READ WRITE COMPRESSION RATIO LOG SENSE 5 62 Page Field Descriptions Parameter Codes 00h and 01h Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh continued LOG PARAMETERS FOR PARAMETER CODES 02h THROUGH 09h Bit Byte MSB 0 1 Parameter Code LSB 2 DU DS TSD ETC TMC Rsv d LP 3 04h 4 7 Counter Value LSB Figure 5 28 Log Parameters Format for READ WRITE COMPRESSION RATIO LOG SENSE Page Parameter Codes 02h through 09h Field Name Description Parameter Code Parameter Codes supported for the READ WRITE COMPRESSION RATIO page codes 02h through 09h are as follows Parameter Code Descriptions 02h Mbytes Transferred to Host 03h Bytes Transferred to Host 04h Mbytes Read from Tape O5h Bytes Read from Tape 06h Mbytes Transferred from Host 07h Bytes Transferred from Host 08h Mbytes Written to Tape 09h Bytes Written to Tape Table 5 29 Log Parameters for READ WRITE COMPRESSION RATIO LOG SENSE Page Field Descriptions Parameter Codes 02h through 09h Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 63 Tandberg Data SCS Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh continued Field Name Description DU Disable Update Always 0 DS Disable Save Not supported This bit always set to 1 TSD Target Save Disable Not supported This bit always set to 1
265. pare error has occurred during READ by the self tests invoked during execution of a SEND DIAGNOSTIC command Table 5 88 Supported Sense Keys 5 194 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands REQUEST SENSE Command 03h continued The following table provides the additional sense codes ASCs and additional sense code qualifiers ASCQs that may be reported Additional information explanations or suggestions for action are included in some of the descriptions Sense Key ASC ASCQ Meaning 00h NO SENSE 00 00 No Additional Sense Code 00 01 Unexpected FM Encountered 00 02 EOM Encountered 00 04 BOM Encountered 5D 00 Failure Prediction Threshold Exceeded 27 82 Data Safety Write Protect 01h RECOVERED ERROR 00 17 Cleaning Requested 0A 00 Error Log Overflow 0A 80 Error Log Generated 37 00 Rounded Parameter 3B 08 Repositioning Error 44 C1 EEROM Copy 1 Area Bad 44 C2 EEROM Copy 2 Area Bad 47 00 SCSI Parity Error 48 00 IDE Message Received 51 00 ERASE Failure 53 01 Unload Tape Failure 5B 01 Threshold Met 5B 02 Log Counter at Maximum 80 02 Cleaning Requested 80 03 Soft Error Exceeds Threshold continued Table 5 89 Supported ASC ASCQ in Hex Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 195 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands REQUEST SENSE Command 03h continued Sense Key ASC ASCQ Meaning 02h NOT READY 04 00 Unit Not Ready Cause Nonreportable 04 01 Unit Not Ready Calibration in Process 04 02 Unit
266. pe in Use indicator blinks to show that the tape is loading When the tape reaches the BOT marker following calibration the yellow indicator illuminates steadily The tape is now ready for use 2 28 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System 2 4 5 Unloading a Cartridge NOTE Because this section of the manual includes descriptions of the states of indicators on the tape system it may be useful to review sections of this chapter that describe tape system indicators their states and meanings of states Follow the steps below the first CAUTION notice to unload a tape cartridge CAUTION Always remove the tape cartridge from the tape system BEFORE turning off host power Failure to remove a tape cartridge may result in cartridge and or tape system damage When you remove a tape cartridge from the system return the cartridge to its plastic case to protect the cartridge from damage 1 Press the Unload button or issue an appropriate system software command The yellow Tape in Use indicator blinks as the tape rewinds CAUTION Do NOT rush removal of the tape cartridge premature removal can cause tape leader failure Wait until the Operate Handle indicator illuminates a steady green Delay removing the tape cartridge for one or two seconds to ensure that the tape leader of the cartridge is in a safe position for cartridge removal 2 When the gr
267. perform the READ and VERIFY pass If Block Count is 0 data is written until EOT is reached each time so almost four 4 complete passes over the tape would result Note that for BHC Test the value of this field must be 0 The BHC feature is provided for use only by a trained service provider Table 5 96 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Parameter List Field Descriptions continued NOTE Because of data generation and verification this test only streams the tape for short periods of time If Block Count is set very high therefore the test can take many minutes or even many hours to complete NOTE If BHC test runs and passes a GOOD status is returned If BHC test runs and fails a CHECK CONDITION is generated with a sense code containing the following Sense Key 04h Hardware Error ASC 84h BHC Result ASCQ 01h BHC Failed The BHC feature is provided for use only by a trained service provider Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 215 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command 1Dh continued If the specified diagnostic test passes a GOOD status is returned Otherwise a CHECK CONDITION is generated and the Sense Data contains information about the failure Sense Key Description 3h Medium Error A positioning error has occurred in which the returned position does not match the expected position Additional Sense Code for possible additional information 4h Hardware Er
268. ported Not supported Not supported Not supported Not supported DLT7000 Personality dependent 7 35 0 70 0 GB Not supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported DLT8000 Personality dependent 8 40 0 80 0 GB Supported Supported only reports supported formats Supported Supported Supported Supported DLT7000 Personality dependent 9 35 0 70 0 GB Supported Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual continued G 5 Tandberg Data Appendix G DLT7000 Drive DLT8000 Drive DLT8000 Drive with DLT7000 Emulation Enabled MODE SELECT Command e Density Code Field 0x00 Default 0x17 2 6 GB 0x18 6 0 GB 0x19 10 15GB 0x1A 20GB 0x1B 35GB 0x41 40GB 0x80 10 15GB no compress 0x81 20 30GB compress 0x82 20GB no compress 0x83 40GB compress 0x84 35GB no compress 0x85 70GB compress 0x88 40GB no compress 0x89 80GB compress assuming 2 1 compression MODE SELECT Command e Speed Field MODE SELECT SENSE Commands e EEPROM Vendor Unique Page 3Eh LOG SENSE Command e Last n Events Log Page 07h e Device Status Page DLT7000 Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Not Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Not Supported Not Supported Allows only 0 to be selected Supported DLT7000 Format Support DLT8000 Supported Not Supported
269. ption ClnR Set to 1 if a cleaning required condition exists When the condition clears this status is also cleared CInQ Set to 1 if a cleaning request condition exists When the condition clears this status is also cleared CinEx Set to 1 if the cleaning tape has expired If no cleaning tape is installed this bit is cleared Table 5 34 Log Parameters for DEVICE WELLNESS LOG SENSE Parameter 0001h Cleaning Related Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 71 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 9 MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h The MODE SELECT command available in either 6 or 10 byte format enables the host to configure the tape drive Implementing MODE SELECT and MODE SENSE requires handshaking between the host and the drive Before configuring the drive the host should issue a MODE SENSE command to the drive to obtain a report of the current configuration and determine what parameters are configurable The host interprets this information and then may issue MODE SELECT to set the drive to the host s preferred configuration The Mode Parameter List described in Section 5 8 is passed from the initiator to the drive during the command s DATA OUT phase Information for the drive is carried on a number of pages each of which serves to set the tape drive s operating parameters The MODE SELECT pages supported and the sections of this manual that details each page are Page Code Description Descr
270. quence from top to bottom All indicators remain illuminated for a few seconds 2 The indicators along the left hand side of the front panel illuminate together for about three seconds then extinguish 3 The green Operate Handle orange Write Protected and yellow User Cleaning Tape indicators extinguish The yellow Tape in Use indicator blinks while the tape system initializes 4 Following initialization the tape system is in one of the states described in Table 2 12 Table 2 11 Indicator Activity During POST State Indicator Display and Activity A tape cartridge is present and The tape system loads the medium from the cartridge the handle is down When the yellow Tape In Use indicator stops blinking and remains illuminated The indicator next to the tape s actual density is illuminated When Density Override blinks a density may be selected The tape system is ready for use and the media is positioned at BOT No tape cartridge present 1 Yellow Tape in Use indicator extinguishes 2 Green Operate Handle indicator illuminates 3 Insert Release Handle is unlatched Table 2 12 Possible Tape System States Following Initialization Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 2 37 Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System State A tape cartridge is present but the handle is up not recommended The tape system detects an error condition The system is powered on with the handle in open posi
271. r Activity During POST 37 2 7 Tape System Operating Modes and Indicator Activity 39 2 8 Using the DLT8000 Tape System s Basic Health Check BHC Test Feature 42 2 9 Troubleshooting 43 3 SCSI Description 3 1 3 7 SCSI Overview 1 32 SCS Commands 2 3 3 1 Signal Values 5 3 3 2 SCSI ID Bits 6 3 4 SCSI Signals 7 3 4 1 SCSI Signal Definitions 7 3 4 2 Signal Bus Timing 8 3 5 SCSI Bus Phases 11 3 5 1 BUS FREE Phase 11 3 5 2 ARBITRATION Phase 13 3 5 3 SELECTION Phase 15 3 5 4 RESELECTION Phase 17 3 5 5 Information Transfer Phases 19 3 6 SCSI Bus Conditions 28 3 6 1 Attention Condition 28 3 6 2 Reset Condition 30 3 6 3 Queued Unit Attentions 31 4 Messages 4 1 4 1 Message Format 1 4 2 Supported SCS Messages 4 4 2 1 ABORT Message 06h 4 4 2 2 BUS DEVICE RESET Message OCh 4 4 2 3 COMMAND COMPLETE Message 00h 4 4 2 4 DISCONNECT Message 04h 5 4 2 5 IDENTIFY Message 80h FFh 6 4 2 6 IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE Message 23h 7 4 2 7 INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR Message 05h 8 4 2 8 LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE Message 0Ah 9 4 2 9 LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE with Flag Message OBh 9 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Table of Contents 4 2 10 4 2 11 4 2 12 4 2 13 4 2 14 4 2 15 4 2 16 MESSAGE PARITY ERROR Message 09h MESSAGE REJECT Message 07h NO OPERATION 08h RESTORE POINTERS Message 03h SAVE DATA POINTER Message 02h SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST Message 01h WIDE DATA
272. r Name and Value Figure 5 48 EEPROM Vendor Unique Page Data Format The ASCII string has a parameter name followed by one or more space characters a parameter value and an ASCII line feed or null character When the string is parsed the parameter value is interpreted as shown in the following table Note that the parameter name may be in upper or lower case The saveable parameters are saved over resets and power cycles Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 97 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued Name Value Rep Default Bytes Usage VENDORID ASCII TANDBERG 8 Vendor Identification field in INQUIRY Data PRODUCTID ASCII DLT8000 16 Product Identification field in INQUIRY Data FORCEDENSITY ASCII Decimal 0 1 0 automatic 3 DLT2000 4 DLT4000 5 DLT2000XT 6 DLT7000 7 DLT8000 FORCECOMP ASCII Binary 0 1 0 automatic 1 Never compress unless front panel selection enables it 2 Always compress unless front panel selection disables it DEFAULTCOMPON ASCII Binary 1 1 0 Compression defaulted OFF on powerup reset 1 Compression defaulted ON on powerup reset DEFIXEDBLKEN ASCII Decimal 0 8 Default fixed block size ENBINQMEDCHGR ASCII Binary 0 1 0 Disable media changer bit 1 Enable media changer bit in byte 6 of INQUIRY data set if drive is in a media changer device NOTES 1 Applied to DLTtape III format tape DLT2000XT drive App
273. ransfer to the target results in a reservation conflict ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS Restricted any PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command with the Reserve service action from any initiator other than the initiator holding the persistent reservation results in a reservation conflict The initiator that holds the persistent reservation can reserve the logical unit extents or elements as long as the persistent reservations do not conflict with any reservations already known to the device server READS Shared any application client on any initiator may execute commands that perform transfers from the target to the initiator WRITES Shared any application client on any initiator may execute commands that perform transfers to the target from the initiator ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS Restricted any PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command with the Reserve service action from any initiator other than the initiator holding the persistent reservation results in a reservation conflict The initiator that holds the persistent reservation can reserve the logical unit extents or elements as long as the persistent reservations do not conflict with any reservations already known to the device server READS Shared any application client on any initiator may execute commands that perform transfers from the target to the initiator WRITES Exclusive any command from an initiator that has not previously performed a Register service action with the
274. re of the following measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver e Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected e Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help NOTE Additional information on the need to interconnect the device with shielded data cables or the need for special devices such as ferrite beads on cables is required if such means of interference suppression was used in the qualification test for the device This information will vary from device to device and needs to be obtained from the EMC group or product manager This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Cet appareil num rique de la classe B est conforme a la norme NMB 003 du Canada User Manual Statements for Class B Equipment continued FARENE REPARE m EES Eaa EHHE PREE ENAA THE MER Tema B Hae ALBERS ET e COR PRUBRESRRERSS ERG BRS VCCI 0 CEOS TSABRHRHRE CT COMB KERETET SAWMCLCTRETM CDORBMIVAPEFLEY a gt SRICELT MASNSc HEREZE ENDET WAS CHES TELURO RNL TAU Table of Contents 0 About This Manual 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 Audience Purpose Document Organization Conventions 1 General Description and Specifications General Description Key Features Specifications Drive
275. release a logical unit that was previously reserved using the third party reservation option If this bit is 0 then the third party release option is not requested If this bit is set to 1 the drive is released if it was originally reserved by the same initiator using the third party reservation option and if the tape drive is the same SCSI device specified in the Third Party Device ID field Required if the 3rdPty bit is 1 This field specifies the SCSI ID of the initiator whose third party reservation is being released This field must be set if the initiator of the original third party RESERVE is the source of the RELEASE Table 5 80 RELEASE UNIT 6 Command Data Field Descriptions MEDIA CHANGER CONSIDERATIONS The optional Element reservation feature defined for Medium Changer devices in the SCSI 2 ANSI specification is not supported The RELEASE command is defined the same as for the tape drive The whole loader unit can be released RESERVE RELEASE of the Loader and Drive LUNs are handled independently Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 177 Tandberg Data SCS Commands 5 20 RELEASE UNIT 10 Command 57h The RELEASE UNIT and the RESERVE UNIT commands are used for contention resolution in multiple initiator systems The RELEASE 10 command is a 10 byte command used to release a previously reserved logical unit The drive will not return an error if the initiator attempts to release a reservation that is not currently
276. requested logical block length did not match the logical block length of the data on the tape medium Only READ or VERIFY may cause this bit to be set In most cases Additional Sense Code and or Qualifier information is available The codes and qualifiers are covered in detail in Table 5 89 These bytes contain the differences residue of the requested length minus the actual length in bytes blocks or Filemarks as determined by the command Negative values are indicated by two s complement notation The bytes are valid for all READ WRITE SPACE and VERIFY tape commands for which a CHECK CONDITION status has been generated The information bytes are 0 for MODE SELECT SENSE INQUIRY READ BLOCK LIMITS and TEST UNIT READY continued Table 5 87 REQUEST SENSE Data Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 191 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands REQUEST SENSE Command 03h continued Field Name Description Additional Sense Length Command Specific Information Bytes Additional Sense Code Additional Sense Code Qualifier Sub Assembly Code SKSV C D BPV Field Pointer Internal Status Code This field specifies the number of additional sense bytes to follow If the Allocation Length of the Command Descriptor Block is too small to transfer all of the Additional Sense bytes the Additional Sense Length is not adjusted to reflect the truncation Command Specific Information By
277. ressed data from tape it automatically decompresses the data before sending it to the initiator The value for this bit therefore is always 1 Report Exception on Decompression The tape drive does not report exceptions on decompression boundaries between compressed and decompressed data The value returned for RED is 00h The value for this field is 10h This indicates the Lempel Ziv high efficiency data compression algorithm The value for this field is 10h This indicates the Lempel Ziv high efficiency data decompression algorithm If EEPROM parameter EnaRepDCcomp is set a value of 0 is reported if the last block read is not decompressed Table 5 56 Data Compression Page Field Descriptions 5 124 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 10 3 5 Device Configuration Page 10h The tape drive supports the Device Configuration Page The format for the page is illustrated below Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte ers 0 PS 0 0 Page Code 10h 1 Additional Page Length OEh 2 Rsv d CAP 0 CAF 0 Active Format 0 3 Active Partition 0 4 WRITE Buffer Full Ratio 0 5 READ Buffer Empty Ratio 0 MSB 6 7 WRITE Delay Time LSB 8 DBR 0 BIS 0 RSmk AVC 0 SOCF 0 RBO 0 REW 0 9 Gap Size 0 10 EOD Defined 0 EEG 1 SEW 1 Reserved MSB 11 13 Buffer Size at Early Warning 0 LSB 14 Select Data Compression Algorithm 15 Reserved Figure 5 61 Device Con
278. returning CHECK CONDITION status on the next SCSI command except INQUIRY and REQUEST SENSE commands following detection of the condition The Sense Key is set to RECOVERED ERROR with an additional sense code of 5D 00 TapeAlert Event The SCSI command with CHECK CONDITION completes without error prior to the report of any exception condition and does not need to be repeated Only Report Informational Exception Condition on Request The device server preserves information exception data To access the data a poll can be taken by issuing an unsolicited REQUEST SENSE command The Sense Key is set to NO SENSE with an additional sense code of 5D 00 TapeAlert Event The additional sense code of 5D 00 for values 03h and 06h signals that a TapeAlert event has occurred Information about the event is stored in the TapeAlert Log Page The setting of MRIE does not impact logging of events in the TapeAlert Log Page Not supported Not supported Table 5 46 TapeAlert Page Format Descriptor Field Descriptions continued 5 96 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands MODE SELECT Command 6 10 15h 55h continued 5 9 9 EEPROM VENDOR UNIQUE PAGE 3Eh The drive supports a vendor unique page that enables a user to modify savable parameters Only one savable parameter may be changed per Mode Select command Rsv d Page Code 3Eh Additional Page Length ASCII String of Paramete
279. rflow The Information fields contain the residue count and the Additional Sense code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are set to EOM P Detected The tape is physically positioned at EOM P Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 223 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 32 WRITE BUFFER Command 3Bh The WRITE BUFFER command is used with READ BUFFER as a diagnostic function for testing the device data buffer DMA engine SCSI bus interface hardware and SCSI bus integrity It is also used for downloading and updating DLTtape Bit Byte microcode firmware Operation Code 3Bh Logical Unit Number Reserved Mode Buffer ID 00h MSB Buffer Offset LSB MSB Parameter List Data Length LSB O w l l N e ol Unused Reserved Flag Link Figure 5 103 WRITE BUFFER Command Descriptor Block Data Format Field Name Description Mode 5 224 The tape drive supports the following values within the field If any other value is set the drive terminates the command with CHECK CONDITION status and an ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key set Mode Description 000b WRITE combined header and data Section 5 32 1 010b WRITE data Section 5 32 2 100b Download Microcode Section 5 32 3 101b Download Microcode and Save Section 5 32 4 Table 5 102 WRITE BUFFER Command Data Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands WRITE BUFFER C
280. rg Data SCSI Commands SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command 1Dh continued The following table illustrates the possible settings of the Selftst DevOfl and UnitOfl bits and the effects of each setting on the resulting self test Selftst DevoOfl UnitOfl Self Test Effect 0 0 0 Illegal Combination 0 0 1 Self Test Level 3 with User Parameters 0 1 0 Illegal Combination 0 1 1 Self Test Level 2 with Default Parameters or BHC Test 1 0 0 Self Test Level 1 with Default Parameters device is on line 1 0 1 Self Test Level 2 with Default Parameters device is on line 1 1 0 Self Test Level 1 with Default Parameters device is off line 1 1 1 Self Test Level 2 with Default Parameters device is off line Table 5 95 SEND DIAGNOSTIC CDB Bits Selftst DevOfl and UnitOfl Bit 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 1 Pattern Number See Table 5 96 LSB MSB 2 3 Maximum Number of Test Passes LSB MSB 4 7 Block Size LSB MSB 8 11 Block Count LSB Figure 5 98 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Parameter List Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 213 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command 1Dh continued Field Name Description Pattern Number re the type of data pattern to be used during the diagnostic est Pattern Name Data in Hex Oh Rotate Rotate through the other 9 patterns change for each tape file 1h All Os 00 00 00 00 00 2h 2F FF FF FF FF FF 3h Alternating 1s 55 55 55 55 55 55 55
281. rive may have a hardware fault Contact a service representative 32 Interface Warning The drive has identified a problem with the interface to from the host 34 Download Fail Warning The attempted firmware download has failed 36 Drive Warning Temperature within the tape drive is exceeding the Temperature allowable specifications 40 Loader Critical The mechanism that loads media to the tape drive is Hardware A experiencing problems communicating with the tape drive 42 Loader Warning The loader mechanism has experienced a hardware Hardware B related fault 43 Loader Door Critical The attempted operation has failed the library autoloader door is not closed completely j Severity levels are Informational Warning and Critical Informational flags provide a status type message Warning and Critical flags indicate that user intervention and or service call may be required Table 5 26 Tape Alert Flags Severity Levels and Meanings continued 5 60 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh continued 5 8 6 READ WRITE COMPRESSION Page 32h This page begins with a 4 byte header followed by the log parameter blocks of 6 or 8 bytes depending on the Parameter Code selected LOG PAGE HEADER Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Reserved Page Code 32h 1 Reserved MSB 2 3 Additional Length LSB Figure 5 26 READ WRITE COMPRESSION RATIO LOG SENSE Header Format
282. rocessing of the LOAD portion of the LOAD UNLOAD command Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 33 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands LOAD UNLOAD Command 1Bh continued Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 1Bh 1 Logical Unit Number Reserved Immed 2 Reserved 3 Reserved 4 Reserved EOT Re Ten Load 5 Unused Reserved Flag Link Figure 5 13 LOAD UNLOAD Command Descriptor Block Data Format 5 34 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands LOAD UNLOAD Command 1Bh continued Field Name Description Immed Re Ten Load EOT Immediate If this bit is set to 1 status is returned as soon as the operation is started If set to 0 status is returned after the operation has completed Re tension Re tension operations are not needed on the tape drive This bit is ignored i e good status if bit is set to 1 Load When a cartridge is inserted the tape medium is automatically loaded and positioned by the drive at Beginning of Medium BOM Logically the drive is positioned at the beginning of Partition 0 If the Load bit is set to 1 and the medium is already loaded no action is taken A good status is returned If the medium was unloaded but the cartridge was not removed a Load command causes the tape to be loaded to Beginning of Partition BOP again and made ready If the Load bit is set to 0 and the medium is loaded the drive wr
283. rom the unit attention queue upon a successful unload HOSTCOMPSETTING ASCII Decimal 0 1 This parameter allows the host to change the compression setting Note that there is a tradeoff between best performance and best compression if the compression setting 1 it provides the best performance but the worst level of compression If the setting 15 it provides lowest performance but maximum compression Settings for the HOSTCOMPSETTING parameter are 0 Use default compression setting 1 Set compression setting for best performance 2 Set compression setting for best compromise of performance and compression 3 Set compression setting for best compression NOTE This information for DLT8000 format only REDUNDANCYMODE ASCII Decimal 0 1 Sets the value of the allowed maximum marginal channel 0 1 allowed REPBUSYINPROG ASCII Binary 0 1 When set report busy status if the drive is in the process of becoming ready Table 5 47 EEPROM Vendor Unique Page Parameters continued Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 101 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands Name _Value Rep THIRDPARTYDEN ASCII Decimal ENAGRANULARITY ASCII Binary ENASCSIFILTER ASCII Binary ENAREQACKACTNEG ASCII Binary SETEOMATBOM ASCII Binary SETEOMATEW ASCII Binary REPUAONSEQUNLD ASCII Binary DISDEFERCLNRPT ASCII Binary ENASCSIUNLONPMR ASCII Binary MAXBURSTSIZE ASCII Binary SPEEDSETTING ASCII Decimal TAMRIEDEFAULT ASCII Binary Default 0080h Length Bytes
284. ror The Additional Sense Code and any Additional Sense Code Qualifier provide more specific information 5h ILLEGAL REQUEST Illegal bit settings in the SEND DIAGOSTIC command Eh Miscompare A compare error occurred during a READ operation Table 5 97 Sense Keys Used for SEND DIAGNOSTIC Additional Sense Codes and Additional Sense Code Qualifiers that apply to SEND DIAGNOSTIC self test results are described in the table below Additional Additional Sense Sense Code Code Qualifier Description 15h 2h A positioning error has occurred in which the returned position does not match the expected position 40h 80h Level 1 ROM Test Failed 40h 81h Level 1 RAM Test Failed 40h 82h Level 1 Test Failed Bad Drive Status 40h 83h Level 1 Test Failed Loader Reset Failed 84h Oth BHC Test Failed Table 5 98 Additional Sense Codes and Additional Sense Code Qualifiers for SEND DIAGNOSTIC 5 216 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 28 SPACE Command 11h The SPACE command provides a variety of positioning functions that are determined by Code and Count fields in the Command Descriptor Block Both forward toward End of Medium End of Partition and reverse toward Beginning of Medium Beginning of Partition positioning are provided Note that the DLT8000 tape system is a single partition device eye oie alee ean is Byte 0 Operation Code 11h 1 Logical Unit Number Reserved Code
285. rovide the tape system s altitude specifications both operating and non operating Operating amp Non Operating Altitude Specifications 500 ft 152 m to 40 000 ft 12192 m at ambient temperature of 77 F 25 C Table 1 7 Altitude Specifications Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 1 9 Tandberg Data General Description and Specifications 1 3 10 Acoustic Emissions The following tables provide the tape system s acoustic noise emission levels both as noise power and sound pressure Information about acoustic emissions is also provided in German to fulfill an international requirement Noise Power Emission Level LNPEc Mode Integratible Version Tabletop Version Idle Not applicable 5 4 Bel Streaming 5 9 Bel 5 9 Bel Sound Pressure Level LPAc Mode Integratible Version Tabletop Version Idle Not applicable 40 dB Streaming 47 dB 44 dB Table 1 8 Acoustic Noise Emissions Nominal Schallemissionswerte Werteangaben nach ISO 9296 und ISO 7779 DIN EN27779 Schalldruckpegel Schalleistungspegel LpAm dBA LwAD B Zuschauerpositionen Gerat Leerlauf Betrieb Leerlauf Betrieb THxxx 5 9 47 THxBx 5 4 5 9 40 44 e THxxx is the integratible version of the tape system THxBx is the tabletop version Table 1 9 Acoustic Noise Declaration for German Noise Declaration Law 1 3 11 Electromagnetic Emissions The tabletop version complies with FCC Class B limits 1 10 Tandberg DLT8000 Pr
286. rror Code Meaning and Possible Cause E204h Unexpected Timer 2 Interrupt Possible Tape Drive Controller PCB fault EEOth Spurious Non Maskable Interrupt Possible Tape Drive Controller PCB fault EE02h Spurious 8524 Timer Interrupt Possible Tape Drive Controller PCB fault EE03h Spurious Level 5 Interrupt GPSP Possible Tape Drive Controller PCB fault EE04h Spurious Drive Comm Interrupt Possible Tape Drive Controller PCB fault EE05h Spurious Loader Comm Interrupt Possible Tape Drive Controller PCB fault EEO6h Spurious Diag Comm Interrupt Possible Tape Drive Controller PCB fault EE08h Watch Dog Expiration SCSI bus may have lost termination or Tape Drive Controller PCB is constantly receiving non tape commands EEO09h Spurious Power Fail Signal Received Possible Power Supply fault EEODh Spurious Level 6 Interrupt GPSP Possible Tape Drive Controller PCB fault F202h Loader Time Out Possible Media Loader fault Table B 1 Bugcheck Packet Error Codes Bytes 9 10 B 2 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands B 2 1 POST Failure Packets POST failure packets are stored whenever the Power On Self Test logic detects a failure of any kind Each failure is encoded as a 4 byte vector In some cases multiple vectors may be stored If logging of POST failures occurs contact a service representative B 2 2 Event Log Packets Event log packets are non fatal and c
287. s chapter do not fully reiterate every ANSI SCSI message option and or command code specification the sections do describe the supported commands messages options and error recovery procedures 5 1 SCSI COMMANDS The Tandberg DLT8000 tape system supports the SCSI commands listed in Table 5 1 The subsection of this chapter that details each of the SCSI commands is listed in the Subsection column Command Operation Code Subsection ERASE 19h 5 3 INQUIRY 12h 5 4 LOAD UNLOAD 1Bh 5 5 LOCATE 2Bh 5 6 LOG SELECT 4Ch 5 7 LOG SENSE 4Dh 5 8 MODE SELECT 6 10 15h 55h 5 9 MODE SENSE 6 10 1Ah 5Ah 5 10 PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN 5Eh 5 11 PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT 5Fh 5 12 PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL 1Eh 5 13 READ 08h 5 14 READ BLOCK LIMITS 05h 5 15 READ BUFFER 3Ch 5 16 READ POSITION 34h 5 17 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS 1Ch 5 18 RELEASE UNIT 6 17h 5 19 RELEASE UNIT 10 57h 5 20 REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT 44h 5 21 continued Table 5 1 Supported SCSI Commands Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 1 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands Command Operation Code Subsection REPORT LUNS AOh 5 22 REQUEST SENSE 03h 5 23 RESERVE UNIT 6 16h 5 24 RESERVE UNIT 10 56h 5 25 REWIND Oth 5 26 SEND DIAGNOSTIC 1Dh 5 27 SPACE 11h 5 28 TEST UNIT READY 00h 5 29 VERIFY 13h 5 30 WRITE OAh 5 31 WRITE BUFFER 3Bh 5 32 WRITE FILEMARKS 10h 5 33 Table 5 1 Supported SCSI Commands continued NOTES 5 Linked commands are supporte
288. s not indicate that a tape drive or tape medium has failed but is useful in isolating problems that may be occurring The logs are maintained in a circular buffer a new entry overwrites the oldest existing entry At any point in time the most recent 14 logs are kept The EEPROM information packets can be retrieved via the SCSI 2 s LOG SENSE command with Page Code 07 Last n Error Events Page The packet type field defines the content as well as the format of the data portion of the packet These packet types are detailed in this Appendix Note that the byte offsets in the structure layout diagrams are reference relative tot he beginning of the 98 byte EEPROM log envelope Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual B 1 Tandberg Data Appendix B B 2 Bugcheck Packets Bugchecks are the result of some firmware detected errors For example a hardware failure or an internal system consistency failure may cause a bugcheck These events cause bugcheck packets to be written to EEPROM The most important information within the packet is the error code The more common bugcheck codes are listed in Table B 1 A full listing of all possible codes is not provided they are typically associated with firmware or product development and are not expected once the product is released Analysis of the other information saved within an EEPROM bugcheck packet requires the in depth firmware knowledge to interpret and or attempt to determine the actual cause E
289. s occurred that does not preclude the drive from retrying the operation a bus parity error for example The source of the error may either be related to previous activities on the SCSI bus or may be only drive related When received the tape drive attempts to re transfer the last command data or status bytes by using the RESTORE POINTER message mechanism The drive s response to and its handling of an INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR message are based on when in the I O process the initiator introduces the message Table 4 7 summarizes the drive s response BUS Phase Drive Response SELECTION The drive discards the INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR message and then goes to the BUS FREE phase COMMAND The drive discards any Command Descriptor Block bytes fetched from the initiator sets the Sense Key to ABORTED COMMAND sets the Additional Sense Code to INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR MESSAGE RECEIVED It sends the CHECK CONDITION status and the COMMAND COMPLETE message and then goes to the BUS FREE phase DATA The drive discards the INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR message and sets the Sense Key to ABORTED COMMAND sets the Additional Sense Code to INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR MESSAGE RECEIVED It sends the CHECK CONDITION status and the COMMAND COMPLETE message and then goes to the BUS FREE phase STATUS The drive sends a RESTORE POINTERS message returns to the STATUS phase resends the STATUS command and continues the I O process MESSAGE IN Th
290. s the DB 0 15 P amp P1 signals within one hold time of the transition of the REQ signal to true 5 Initiator indicates its acceptance of the data by asserting an ACK pulse 6 The drive waits at least the greater or these periods before again asserting REQ a A transfer period from the last transition of the REQ signal to true or b A negation period from the last transition of the REQ signal to false 7 The initiator waits at least the greater of these periods before reasserting ACK a A transfer period from the last transition of the ACK signal to true or b A negation period from the last transition of the ACK signal to false Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 3 23 Tandberg Data SCSI Description Initiator to Drive Transfer Procedure Initiator transfers one byte for each REQ pulse received 1 2 3 24 Drive asserts the REQ signal After receiving the leading edge of the REQ signal initiator drives the DB 0 15 P amp P1 signals to their desired values The DB 0 15 P amp P1 signals are held valid for at least one deskew delay plus one cable skew delay plus one hold time delay after the assertion of the ACK signal Initiator delays at least one deskew delay plus a cable skew delay Initiator asserts the ACK signal for a minimum of one assertion period Initiator can negate the ACK signal and change or release the DB 0 15 P amp P1 signals Drive reads the DB 0 15 P amp P1 sig
291. s the following format 7 6 4 3 1 0 0 BOP EOP Reserved _Rsvd BPU 0 Reserved 1 3 Reserved MSB 4 7 Partition Number LSB MSB 8 15 Block Number LSB MSB 16 23 File Number LSB MSB 24 31 Set Number LSB Figure 5 79 READ POSITION Long Form Data Format Field Name Description BOP Beginning of Partition When set to 1 indicates that the logical unit is at the beginning of partition in the current partition When 0 indicates that the current logical position is not at the beginning of partition Since the tape drive does not support more than one partition the value of this field will be 1 when at BOT EOP End of Partition When set to 1 indicates that the logical unit is positioned between early warning and the end of partition in the current partition When 0 it indicates that the current logical position is not between early warning and end of partition MPU Mark Position Unknown Values in File Number and Set Number are invalid BPU Block Position Unknown This bit is never set the setting of the Block Type BT bit of READ POSITION s CDB does not affect the block address values returned Partition Number Partition number for the current logical position Block Number Number of logical blocks between beginning of partition and current logical position Filemarks and Setmarks count as one logical block each File Number Number of Filemarks between beginning of partitio
292. sage the drive returns MESSAGE REJECT and enters its STATUS phase reporting CHECK CONDITION with the sense key set to COMMAND ABORTED 4 4 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Messages 4 2 4 DISCONNECT Message 04h The DISCONNECT message is sent from the drive to inform the initiator that the present connection is going to be broken the drive plans to disconnect by releasing the BSY signal and a later reconnect will be required to complete the current I O process The message does not cause the initiator to save the data pointer After sending the message the drive goes to the BUS FREE phase by releasing the BSY signal The DISCONNECT message can also be sent by the initiator to tell the drive to suspend the current phase and disconnect from the bus The drive s response to and its handling of a DISCONNECT message are based on when in the I O process the initiator introduces the DISCONNECT message Table 4 4 summarizes the drive s response BUS Phase Drive Response SELECTION The drive discards the DISCONNECT message and goes to BUS FREE COMMAND The drive discards the DISCONNECT message and goes to BUS FREE The ATTENTION request is ignored while the Command Descriptor Block is fetched The drive does not switch to MESSAGE OUT until the current DMA completes DATA The ATTENTION request is ignored while the current data transfer completes that is the drive does not switch to MESSAGE OUT until after the
293. sample indicates that the most significant bit MSB of the field is bit 7 of byte 7 the least significant bit is bit 0 of byte 8 This is an alternate shorthand presentation for Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte Bytes 0 6 OT MsBy 7 Parameter List Length 8 LSB The shorthand version of presentation is used in this manual due to space constraints Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 15 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands 5 3 ERASE Command 19h The ERASE command causes data on the tape medium to be erased NOTE ERASE command MUST be issued while at BOT E a Byte Operation Code 19h Logical Unit Number Reserved Immed Long 1 Reserved Reserved Reserved Unused Reserved Flag Link TE Figure 5 3 ERASE Command Descriptor Block Data Format 5 16 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands ERASE Command 19h continued Field Description Immed Immediate If the Immediate bit 0 the target does not return status until the selected operation has completed If set to 1 status is returned as soon as the operation has been initiated Long Must be set to 1 The Long bit controls the distance of tape to be erased NOTE The ERASE command results in no operation for the tape drive unless the Long bit is set to 1 Issuing the ERASE command away from Beginning of Tape BOT is an ILLEGAL REQUEST Table
294. se Key 3 or hardware error Sense Key 4 Note that parameter code 000h contains the oldest log information while parameter OOOFh contains the most recent Only head cleaning recovered errors more serious recovered errors are recorded when Sense Key is 1 all sense data are recorded when Sense Key is 3 or 4 This page begins with a 4 byte header followed by the log parameter blocks LOG PAGE HEADER Bit Byte 1 Reserved Page Code 33h 1 Reserved 2 3 Page Length LSB Figure 5 29 DEVICE WELLNESS LOG SENSE Header Format Field Name Description Page Code The Page Code echoes the page code that was specified in the LOG SENSE command descriptor block Page Length The Page Length field specifies the number of bytes available and depends on the parameters requested Table 5 30 DEVICE WELLNESS LOG SENSE Header Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 65 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh continued DEVICE WELLNESS LOG SENSE PAGE PARAMETERS 0000h 000Fh Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Parameter Code 1 Reserved 2 DU DS TSD ETC TMC Rsv d LP MSB 3 7 Time Stamp LSB MSB 8 11 Media ID LSB 12 Sense Key 13 Additional Sense Key 15 Additional Error Information Figure 5 30 Log Parameters Format for DEVICE WELLNESS LOG SENSE Page 5 66 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SC
295. sferred from the initiator to the buffer Parameter Code 06h reports the number of full megabytes transferred Parameter Code 07h reports the number of bytes less than a full megabyte that have been transferred Multiplying the counter returned for Parameter Code 06h by 1 048 576 and then adding the value of the counter returned by Parameter Code 07h results in the actual total bytes transferred from the initiator to the buffer Parameter Codes 08h and 09h Report the count of bytes written to the tape drive Parameter Code 08h reports the number of full megabytes transferred Parameter Code 09h reports the number of bytes less than a full megabyte that have been transferred Multiplying the counter returned for Parameter Code 08h by 1 048 576 and then adding the value of the counter returned by Parameter Code 09h results in the actual total bytes written to the tape drive Table 5 29 Log Parameters for READ WRITE COMPRESSION RATIO LOG SENSE Page Field Descriptions Parameter Codes 02h through 09h continued 5 64 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh continued 5 8 7 Device Wellness Page 33h The Device Wellness Page returns information about any check conditions related to Sense Keys 1 3 4 and 9 logged by the tape drive Up to 16 entries parameter code 0000h to OOOFh can be contained in the page each entry records a check condition Sense Key 1 a medium error Sen
296. stem is calibrating reading writing or rewinding the tape the Tape in Use indicator blinks Table 2 14 explains each of the modes of the Tape in Use Indicator If the yellow Tape in Use Indicator is It means Illuminated steadily A cartridge is loaded in the tape system but the tape is not moving This may mean no application is communicating with the tape system s controller or that the application is communicating but is not delivering any command that impact tape motion Blinking irregularly A calibration read or write operation is in progress Blinking regularly The tape is loading unloading or rewinding Off No tape loaded in tape system Table 2 14 Tape in Use Indicator Modes Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 2 41 Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System 2 8 Using the DLT8000 Tape System s Basic Health Check BHC Test Feature NOTE The BHC feature is provided for use only by a trained service provider The BHC test uses the tape system s firmware to check the various EEROM based information packets for log entries of events that have occurred in the previous 120 hours of operation Based on that information the system can report on its health The test is pass fail only You can invoke the BHC test three ways via the tape drive s front panel the system s library port or via the SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command This guide explains how to run th
297. stic case 2 Look at the tape cartridge to check for any obvious cracks or other physical damage Look for broken or missing parts 3 Gently shake the tape cartridge Listen for any rattling or sounds of any loose pieces inside the cartridge If you hear anything loose inside do not use the cartridge 4 Hold the tape cartridge so that the end of the cartridge that is inserted into the DLTtape drive is facing you as shown in Figure E 1 You will see that there is a small opening on the left hand side of the tape cartridge E 2 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Appendix B The Super DLTtape Cartridge Reel Lock Opening Figure E 1 Location of One of the Two Reel Lock Tabs on the DLTtape Cartridge Inside and near the center of this opening you should see a small plastic tab This is one of the reel locks The reel locks can break if the cartridge is dropped This may be the cause of any rattling sound you hear when you gently shake the tape cartridge Jf this reel lock tab is not visible do not use the cartridge 5 Look at the bottom of the tape cartridge holding it as shown in Figure E 2 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual E 3 Tandberg Data Appendix E P Spring Loaded Hub 7 k Ss o on rH 1 Reel Lock neg Figure E 2 Location of Reel Lock Opening and Spring Loaded Hub on Bottom of DLTtape Cartridge Check the opening in
298. t clear Unit Attentions queued for it at some point the tape drive stops generating new Unit Attentions for that initiator logical unit combination existing ones will be left queued however A LOAD command does not generate a Unit Attention for the initiator that issued the command since the transition to Ready is synchronous Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 11 Tandberg Data SCS Commands 5 1 6 Behavior At Power On and SCSI Bus Reset The following apply to the DLT8000 tape drive s behavior at power on and or SCSI bus reset When the Tandberg DLT8000 system is powered up all device SCSI lines are set to high impedence The design of the DLT8000 tape drive does not allow it to generate any spurious signals on the SCSI bus at power on Within five seconds of power on and within 250 milliseconds typically under 4 milliseconds after a SCSI bus reset the DLT8000 tape drive responds to SCSI bus selections and returns appropriate normal responses Tape motion commands will be returned with Check Condition status Sense Key Not Ready until the tape medium has been made ready The tape drive implements the hard bus reset option The tape medium is rewound to Beginning of Tape BOT The DLT8000 tape drive recognizes multiple successive SCSI bus resets and SCSI bus resets of arbitrarily long duration The tape drive recovers within the time limits specified above following the last SCSI bus reset The tape drive goes t
299. t is the scope it indicates that the persistent reservation applies to the extent of the logical unit defined by the Scope Specific Address and Extent Length fields in the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command s parameter list Note that an extent is defined only for devices defining contiguous logical block addresses The Extent scope is optional for all device servers that implement PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT 2h Element Persistent reservation applies to the specified element When Element is the scope it indicates that the persistent reservation applies to the element of the logical unit defined by the Scope Specific Address field in the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT parameter list An element is as defined by the SCSI 3 Medium Changer Commands SMC standard The Element scope is optional for all device servers that implement PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT 3h Fh Reserved Reserved continued Table 5 63 PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Read Reservations Descriptor Field Descriptions 5 140 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command 5Eh continued Data Field Description Type The value of the Type field specifies the characteristics of the persistent reservation being established for all data blocks within the extent or within the logical unit Refer to Table 5 64 for the applicable Type codes and their meanings Table 5 63 PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Read Reservations Descrip
300. t when rejecting a message See 3 5 5 4 Message Out Additional Conditions 1 1 1 MESSAGE IN Drive to initiator Allows the drive to send message s to the initiator Table 3 5 Information Transfer Phases Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 3 21 Tandberg Data SCSI Description 3 5 5 1 Asynchronous Data Transfer Drive to Initiator Transfer Procedure OVLON Os ROS a The drive drives the DB 0 15 P amp P1 signals to their desired values Drive delays at least one deskew delay plus a cable skew delay Drive asserts the REQ signal Initiator reads the DB 0 15 P amp P1 signals Initiator indicates its acceptance of the data by asserting the ACK signal When ACK is true at the drive drive can change or release the DB 0 15 P amp P1 signals Drive negates the REQ signal Initiator negates the ACK signal Drive can continue the transfer by driving the DB 0 15 P amp P1 signals and asserting the REQ signal Steps 1 3 Initiator to Drive Transfer Procedure SOS 200 AOO A e Ne 3 22 Drive asserts the REQ signal Initiator drives the DB 0 15 P amp P1 signals to their desired values Initiator delays at least one deskew delay plus a cable skew delay Initiator asserts the ACK signal When ACK is true at the drive drive reads the DB 0 15 P amp P1 signals Drive negates the REQ signal Initiator can change or release the DB 0 15 P amp P1 signals Initiator negates the
301. ta SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh continued Field Name Description LP Parameter Length Parameter Value List Parameter This bit is 0 since the parameter codes are treated as data counters This field specifies the number of bytes of the parameter value This field indicates the actual value of this log parameter Table 5 21 Log Parameters for READ WRITE Error LOG SENSE Page Field 5 54 Descriptions continued Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands LOG SENSE Command 4Dh continued 5 8 4 LAST n ERROR EVENTS Page 07h This page returns one parameter at a time that contains the ASCII text for the specified event log The Parameter Number field in the CDB specifies the log event to return The log events in EEPROM are numbered from 0 to 255 after which the number wraps back to 0 only a limited number of events are stored at a given time up to 48 The log event that is returned is the one whose Parameter Code is equal to or the first one greater than the Parameter Number specified in the command control block LOG PAGE HEADER Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Reserved Page Code 07h 1 Reserved MSB 2 3 Page Length LSB Figure 5 22 Last n Error Events LOG SENSE Header Format Field Name Description Page Code The Page Code echoes the page code that was specified in the LOG SENSE command descriptor block Page Length The
302. ta SCSI Commands RESERVE UNIT 10 Command 56h continued Field Description 3rd Pty LongID Third Party Device ID When set to 1 it indicates that the Third Party Device ID field is valid When O indicates that the third party device associated with the reservation release has a number smaller than 255 and the ID value can be sent within the CDB If set 1 indicates that the third party device ID is greater than 255 the ID value within the CDB is ignored and the parameter list length is at least eight Required and used only when the 3rdPty bit is set in which case this field specifies the SCSI ID of the initiator to be granted the reservation of the logical unit The drive preserves the reservation until one of the following occurs e It is superseded by another valid RESERVE command from the initiator e Itis released by the same initiator e Itis released by a TARGET RESET message from any initiator e Itis released by a TARGET RESET message from any initiator or e Itis released by a hard reset condition The drive ignores any attempt to release the reservation made by any other initiator For example if ID7 sends ID2 a Third Party reservation on behalf of ID6 the target at ID2 gets reserved for the initiator ID6 then only ID7 can release the target at ID2 using a Third Party release ID6 cannot release the reservation even though the reservation was made on its behalf 5 206 continued T
303. ted on by the command Relative Addressing indicates a technique used to determine the next Logical Block Address to be operated on The transfer length field normally specifies the number of blocks to be transferred between the initiator and the drive For several commands the transfer length indicates the number of bytes not blocks to be sent For these commands this field may be identified by a different name The Parameter List Length is used to specify the number of bytes sent during the DATA OUT phase This field is typically used for parameters that are sent to a drive for example mode diagnostic and log parameters A parameter list length of 0 indicates that no data is to be transferred This field specifies the maximum number of bytes that the initiator has allocated for returning data The host uses this field to limit the size of data transfers to its own internal buffer size The Control Field is the last byte of every command descriptor block Its format is shown in Figure 5 2 and it contains the Flag and Link bits Use of these bits is initiator dependent Setting the Link bit 1 provides an automatic link to the next command bypassing the usual ARBITRATION SELECTION and MESSAGE OUT phases that would normally occur between commands Other bits in the Control Field are considered to be reserved Must be 0 not supported Table 5 2 Command Descriptor Block Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual
304. tem requires securing the tape system in its bay or chassis and connecting SCSI bus and power cables 2 2 4 1 Securing the Tape System in Bay or Chassis Using four 4 screws secure the tape system in its bay or chassis Figure 2 4 is a dimensional drawing that shows the locations of the mounting holes at the bottom and sides of the tape system Note that screws used to mount the tape system must be 6 32 UNC 2B screws When the recommended size screws are used there is no danger of the screws touching electronic components or otherwise damaging the tape system 8264 0 H 104 03 Pitie tk 9 010 036 A F Tay ji N email A TY fi j 2 260 008 Wor z a Paice dl raul Ir Sy ea 1 m 4 17 Hr ot A OF SIDE MOUNTING HOLES m S Y N OF BOTTOM MOUNTING HOLES Oe 820 005 haah a Pi ie Eii 5 504 01 gt S 820E 005 1 885 021 3 125 005 4 5 5954 010 ONG 5 1354045 _ ATN VIEW SS L 4 VEN T DN j 600 0 5 810 005 5l 3 400 005 lt ep x Figure 2 4 Locations and Dimensions for Mounting Holes Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 2 9 Tandberg Data Configuring Installing a
305. ters Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands LOG SELECT Command 4Ch continued Field Name Description NOTE Byte 2 of the Log Parameter Block is referred to as the Parameter Control Byte it is made up of six control bits plus one bit that is reserved DU Disable Update This bit is not defined for LOG SELECT the target ignores any value in DU DS Disable Save Not supported DS and Target Save Disable TSD must be set to 1 If DS and or TSD are set to 0 command terminates with CHECK CONDITION status sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and additional sense code set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST TSD Target Save Disable Not supported TDS and DS must be set to 1 If TSD and or DS are set to 0 command terminates with CHECK CONDITION status sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and additional sense code set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST ETC Enable Threshold Comparison When set to 1 drive performs a comparison with threshold values once the cumulative value is updated Comparison criteria is defined in Threshold Met Criteria TMC If the comparison is met and the RLEC bit of MODE SELECT SENSE Control Page OAh is set to 1 then a UNIT ATTENTION is generated for all initiators The additional sense code is set to THRESHOLD CONDITION MET If the RLEC bit is 0 and the comparison is met then UNIT ATTENTION is not generated continued Table 5 18 Log Para
306. tes can be logged by the operating system on error conditions On tape medium errors such an entry usually contains the current SCSI Logical Block Address This field and the field for Additional Sense Code Qualifier provide additional information about the Sense Key and cause of a CHECK CONDITION status Additional Sense Codes are discussed in detail later in this chapter This field and the field for Additional Sense Code provide additional information about the Sense Key and cause of a CHECK CONDITION status Additional Sense Code Qualifiers are discussed in detail later in this chapter Not used Returned as 0 Sense Key Specific Valid When 1 indicates that the Sense Key specific field is as defined by the International Standard Command Data When set to 1 this field indicates that the illegal parameter is contained in the Command Descriptor Block A C D set to 0 indicates that the illegal parameter is in the Parameter List from the initiator Bit Pointer Valid When set to 1 this field indicates that the Bit Pointer field is valid and designates which bit of the byte designated by the field pointer is in error For a multi bit field it points to the most significant bit of the field This field indicates which byte of the Command Descriptor Block or Parameter List is in error For a multi byte field the most significant byte is indicated Internal Status Codes are explained in detail in Appendix A continued
307. th field in the command s CDB Reservation Each of the Reservation Keys appear as items in a list as bytes 8 Keys through n Each entry reflects an 8 byte reservation key registered with the device server via the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Reserve Pre empt Pre empt and Clear or Register service actions Each key can be examined by the application client for correlation with a set of initiators and SCSI ports Table 5 61 Read Keys Parameters Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 137 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command 5Eh continued The figure and table below illustrate and describe the data fields of Read Reservations data parameters Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 ow Te ett ttt MSB 073 Generation LSB MSB oo Additional Length n 7 LSB MSB San Reservation Descriptors See Figure 5 67 Table 5 63 for detail of a Descriptor Field LSB Figure 5 66 Read Reservations Parameters Data Format Data Field Description Generation Additional Length Reservations Descriptors The value in this field is a 32 bit counter in the device server that is incremented each time a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command requests a Register Clear Pre empt or Pre empt and Clear operation Note that PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN commands do not increment the counter nor do PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT commands that perform a Reserve or Release s
308. th this emulation feature enabled to function as a DLT7000 tape drive emulating the DLT7000 tape drive s performance capacity and SCSI bus communication Note however that some minor differences will exist so that emulation of a DLT7000 drive is not exact those differences will be described in this Appendix When in DLT7000 emulation mode the DLT8000 tape drive identifies itself over the SCSI bus as a DLT7000 tape drive even though it will still support the additional SCSI 3 commands not supported by a genuine DLT7000 drive This will not present a problem though since those commands should not be invoked in a DLT7000 drive s environment anyway Running in DLT7000 emulation mode a DLT8000 drive will have a capacity of 35 GB native and a transfer rate of 5 MB second Applications will be able to distinguish between a DLT7000 drive and a DLT8000 drive in DLT7000 emulation mode over the SCSI Bus via the Product Family code returned in the SCSI INQUIRY command s Vendor Unique Bytes Once enabled the DLT7000 emulation setting will be retained even across power cycles in the tape drive Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual G 1 Tandberg Data Appendix G G 1 Enabling and Clearing the DLT7000 Emulation Feature CAUTION Use Extreme Caution when enabling the DLT7000 emulation feature the DLT7000 emulation mode changes the operation of the tape drive and fundamentally changes the way data and media are handled
309. the attention condition by asserting ATN at any time except during the ARBITRATION or BUS FREE phases The initiator negates the ATN signal at least two deskew delays before asserting the ACK signal while transferring the last byte of the message If the drive detects that the initiator failed to meet this requirement then the drive goes to BUS FREE Before transition to a new bus phase the initiator asserts the ATN signal then waits at least two deskew delays before negating the ACK signal for the last byte transferred in the current bus phase Asserting the ATN signal later cannot be honored until a later bus phase and then cannot result in the expected action The drive responds with MESSAGE OUT as described in the following table 3 28 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Description ATN Signal True in Phase The Drive Enters MESSAGE OUT COMMAND DATA STATUS MESSAGE IN SELECTION RESELECTION2 After transferring part or all of the command descriptor block bytes At the drive s earliest convenience often on a logical block boundary The initiator continues REQ ACK handshakes until it detects the phase change After the status byte has been acknowledged by the initiator Before it sends another message This permits a MESSAGE PARITY ERROR message from the initiator to be associated with the appropriate message Immediately after that SELECTION phase After the drive h
310. the loader connector provides signals used when the tape system is part of a loader configuration Loader Connector Block Front Bezel Figure 2 6 Loader Connector Block 2 14 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System 2 3 Configuring and Installing a Tabletop Tape System This section provides instructions for configuring and installing the tabletop version of the tape system The tabletop version is enclosed in a top cover and the enclosure includes a separate power supply The power switch and the SCSI ID selection switch are located on the unit s rear panel SCSI cables and the unit s ac power cable are connected at the rear panel WARNING Before you begin review the Safety ESD and Handling precautions described at the beginning of this chapter to avoid personal injury or damage to equipment This section contains information about configuring tailoring the tape system via the unit s external switches Settings are included for the following options Option See Section SCSI ID Selection 2 3 1 Connecting SCSI Cable s and or Terminators 2 3 2 Connecting AC Power Cable l 2 3 3 NOTE To disable parity contact your service representative There are no external switches on the tabletop version to disable parity checking Figure 2 7 provides physical dimensions of the tabletop unit 12 60 Figure 2 7 Physical Dimens
311. the new phase 3 20 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Description A phase ends when the C D I O or MSG signal changes after the negation of the ACK signal The time between the end of a phase and the assertion of the REQ signal beginning a new phase is undefined An initiator is allowed to anticipate a new phase based on the previous phase the expected new phase and early information provided by changes in the C D I O and MSG signals However the anticipated phase is not valid until the REQ signal is asserted at the beginning of the next phase Information Transfer Direction True I O Signal from drive to initiator False I O Signal from initiator to drive Signal MSG C D 1 0 Phase Name Direction of Transfer Definition 0 0 0 DATA OUT Initiator to drive Allows the drive to request that data be sent from the initiator to the drive 0 0 1 DATA IN Drive to initiator Allows the drive to send data to the initiator 0 1 0 COMMAND Initiator to drive Allows the drive to request a command from the initiator 0 1 1 STATUS Drive to initiator Allows the drive to send status information be sent from the drive to the initiator 1 1 0 MESSAGE OUT Initiator to drive Allows the drive to request that message s be sent from the initiator to the drive the drive invokes this phase in response to the attention condition created by the initiator The drive handshakes byte s until the ATN signal is negated excep
312. tic POST Failure RAM Failure Diagnostic POST Failure Bad Drive Status Diagnostic POST Failure Loader Diagnostics Failure Diagnostic POST Failure POST Soft Failure Internal Target Failure SCSI Chip Gross Error Unexplained Selection Interrupt Immediate Data Transfer Timeout Insufficient CDB Bytes Disconnect SDP Sequence Failed Bus DMA Transfer Timeout Over temperature condition Both EEROM Copy areas bad SCSI Parity Error IDE Message Received continued Table 5 89 Supported ASC ASCO in Hex continued Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 197 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands REQUEST SENSE Command 03h continued Sense Key ASC 04h HARDWARE ERROR cont 51 53 53 84 05h ILLEGAL REQUEST 1A 20 21 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 25 26 26 26 30 39 ASCQ 00 00 01 01 00 00 01 00 81 82 84 86 87 89 8B 8C 8D 8E 8F 00 00 01 02 00 00 Meaning Erase Failure Media Load Eject Failure Unload Tape Failure BHC Test Failed Parameter List Length Error Illegal Opcode Invalid Element Address Invalid CDB Field Invalid Mode on WRITE Buffer Media in Drive Insufficient Resources Invalid Offset Invalid Size Image Data Over Limit Image Personality is Bad Not Immediate Command Bad Drive Server Image EDC Invalid Personality for Code Update Bad Controller Image EDC Illegal LUN Parameter List Error Invalid Field Parameter List Error Parameter N
313. ting and reading 10 GB 15 GB 20 GB and 35 GB formats It will not support the 2 6 GB and 6 0 GB formats supported by a real DLT7000 system however The DLT8000 system hardware cannot support these formats On a READ operation a DLT8000 system with DLT7000 emulation enabled will reject any tape written in 40 GB format reporting a Medium Error with no illumination of the cleaning light Writing from Beginning of Tape BOT is allowed with 35 GB format as default Selection of 40 GB format from the front panel the library port or the SCSI bus interface is disabled by the DLT7000 emulation feature By design DLT8000 tape drives do not include an audio indicator beep as a signal for tape unloading Running the drive with DLT7000 emulation enabled will not provide an audio indicator There are differences in the Power On Self Test POST for a DLT7000 and a DLT8000 with DLT7000 emulation enabled DLT7000 drives run a minimized POST due to the amount of available memory within the drives DLT8000 drives even with DLT7000 emulation enabled have sufficient memory available to run the full POST image Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual G 3 Tandberg Data Appendix G G3 Verifying Product Family via the SCSI Bus You can verify a DLTtape system s product family via the SCSI Bus The following table describes the information returned by the SCSI command INQUIRY The contents of the Product Family bits byte 4 bits 4 7 o
314. tion Indicator Display and Activity The yellow Tape In Use indicator extinguishes The green Operate Handle indicator flashes When the Insert Release Handle is lowered the cartridge loads If handle will not lower ensure the tape cartridge is pushed all the way into the tape system Right or left hand indicators blink repeatedly Try to unload the tape and reinitialize the tape system by pressing the Unload button or turn system power off then back on The indicators stop blinking and the system attempts reinitialization Note that after pressing the Unload button you may have to wait five minutes before the Operate Handle indicator illuminates due to the retry being attempted first The indicators illuminate steadily then extinguish if the test succeeds Operate Handle indicator is blinking Close the Insert Release Handle and wait for indicator to illuminate steadily Table 2 12 Possible Tape System States Following Initialization continued POST completes in about 15 seconds and the tape system should respond normally to all commands POST is complete after Stage 2 in Table 2 11 However it might take longer for the media to become ready After a bus reset the tape system responds within a bus selection time out period per the ANSI SCSI specification A reset may have the Tape In Use indicator blinking because a reset forces the tape to be rewound to BOT 2 38 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Confi
315. tor Field Descriptions continued Table 5 64 presents the definitions of the characters of the available Type values from the Type field of the PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Read Reservations parameters Each of the codes provides handling instructions for READ operations for WRITE operations and for subsequent attempts to establish persistent reservations referred to as Additional Reservations Allowed in the table Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 141 Tandberg Data SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Command 5Eh continued Code Name Description Oh READ READS Shared any application client on any initiator may execute commands that perform transfers from the target to the initiator WRITES Prohibited any command from any initiator that performs a transfer from the initiator to the target results in a reservation conflict ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS Allowed any initiator may reserve the logical unit extents or elements as long as the persistent reservations do not conflict with any reservations already known to the device server th WRITE READS Shared any application client on any initiator may execute commands that perform transfers from the target to the initiator WRITES Exclusive any command from any initiator other than the initiator that holds the persistent reservation that attempts a transfer to the target results in a reservation conflict ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS Allowed any in
316. turned for a command that was terminated via a TERMINATE I O PROCESS message This status also indicates that a contingent allegiance condition has occurred 3 26 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Description In contrast to the BUSY status condition the DRIVE NOT READY Sense Key is returned as part of the Sense data following a REQUEST SENSE command and indicates that a media access command has been issued but that the media is not ready to be accessed for example the tape cartridge is not installed the tape medium has been unloaded the tape drive is currently initializing the tape medium to prepare it for access etc In the DRIVE NOT READY state the initiator cannot perform any operation that would cause tape motion READ WRITE VERIFY for example These commands return a CHECK CONDITION status with a DRIVE NOT READY sense key The initiator may execute commands that do not require tape motion or access to the tape medium and a GOOD status may be the result NOTE Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 3 27 Tandberg Data SCSI Description 3 6 SCSI Bus Conditions The SCSI bus has two asynchronous conditions Attention and Reset 3 6 1 Attention Condition The attention condition informs a drive that an initiator has a message ready The drive gets the message by performing a MESSAGE OUT phase The attention condition requires the following timing The initiator creates
317. ty Override Tape In Use Indicator Yellow Use Cleaning Tape Operate Handle Indicator Green Unload Select Button Insert Release Figure 2 13 Front Panel of Tape System 1 When the green Operate Handle indicator is steadily illuminated lift the tape system s cartridge Insert Release handle NOTE If the green Operate Handle indicator is blinking close the handle and wait for the indicator to illuminate steadily then lift the handle and insert the cartridge Do not attempt to load a cartridge when the green Operate Handle indicator is blinking damage to the system may result Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 2 27 Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System 2 Insert the cartridge Push the cartridge fully into the tape system CAUTION To prevent failures and or damage to the handle assist the handle to its closed position Do not flip it or otherwise treat it roughly Do not leave your fingers under the handle doing so may cause you to operate the handle in an incorrect manner 3 Push the handle to its closed down position The green Operate Handle indictor extinguishes and the yellow Ta
318. ued Table 5 66 PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command Field Descriptions 5 148 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT Command 5Fh continued Data Field Description Scope The value in this field indicates whether a persistent reservation applies to an entire logical unit to a part of the logical unit defined as an extent or to an element The values for the Scope field are Code Name Description Oh LU Logical Unit Persistent reservation applies to the full logical unit The LU scope is therefore implemented by all device servers that implement PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT th Extent Persistent reservation applies to the specified extent When Extent is the scope it indicates that the persistent reservation applies to the extent of the logical unit defined by the Scope Specific Address and Extent Length fields in the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command s parameter list Note that an extent is defined only for devices defining contiguous logical block addresses The Extent scope is optional for all device servers that implement PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT 2h Element Persistent reservation applies to the specified element When Element is the scope it indicates that the persistent reservation applies to the element of the logical unit defined by the Scope Specific Address field in the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT parameter list An element is as defined by the SCSI
319. uency Table 1 14 Conducted Emissions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 1 15 Tandberg Data General Description and Specifications NOTE Table 1 15 shows the Class B equipment limits for radiated interference field strength in the frequency range from 30 MHz to 30 GHz at a test distance of 3 and 10 meters Frequency Range MHz Quasi Peak Limit dB uV m 3 Meters 10 Meters 30 to 230 40 30 230 to 1000 46 37 Above 1000 54 N A Table 1 15 Radiated Emissions Low Frequency Magnetic Fields 10 to 3000 kHz 100 dB pt 10 kHz Declining No errors no screen distortion to 80 dB pt 1 MHz Table 1 16 Magnetic Radiated Susceptibility High Frequency Electric Fields 1 to 1000 MHz 3 V m rms 80 modulated No errors no screen distortion 1 kHz S W recoverable errors No hardware failure Table 1 17 Radiated Susceptibility 1 16 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data General Description and Specifications NOTE The transient voltage is the actual peak voltage above the normal ac voltage from the power source Fast Transient Bursts for Power and Data Cables 2kV S W recoverable errors No hardware failures High Energy Transient Voltage for Power Cables 1 2 kV No errors 2 5 kV S W recoverable errors No hardware failures Low Level Conducted Interference 3 V rms 80 modulated 1 No errors kHz S W recoverable errors No hardware failures
320. upport more than one partition the value of this field will be 1 when at BOT End of Partition When set to 1 indicates that the logical unit is positioned between early warning and the end of partition in the current partition When 0 it indicates that the current logical position is not between early warning and end of partition Block Count Unknown Byte Count Unknown Block Position Unknown This bit is never set the setting of the Block Type BT bit of READ POSITION s CDB does not affect the block address values returned Position Error The block address associated with the current logical position the next block to be transferred between the target and initiator if a READ or WRITE command is issued The block address associated with the current physical position the next block to be transferred to tape medium and from the target s buffer If the buffer is empty or has only a partial block the same value as First Block Location is reported The first block or filemark written onto the tape medium is at address 0 The number of data blocks in the target s buffer The number of data bytes in the buffer that have not been written to the tape medium Table 5 77 READ POSITION Data Field Descriptions 5 172 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands READ POSITION Command 34h continued 5 17 2 Total Current Logical Position When TCLP and Long bits are both set to 1 the data take
321. ure below illustrates the format of the header Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Reserved MSB 1 3 Available Length LSB Figure 5 75 READ BUFFER Header Data Format Field Name Description Available Length This field specifies the total number of data bytes available in the target s buffer This number is not reduced to reflect the allocation length nor is it reduced to reflect the actual number bytes written using the WRITE BUFFER command Following the READ BUFFER header the target transfers data from its data buffer Table 5 75 READ BUFFER Header Field Descriptions 5 168 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands READ BUFFER Command 3Ch continued 5 16 2 Data Mode In this mode the DATA IN phase contains only buffer data 5 16 3 Descriptor Mode In this mode a maximum of four bytes of READ BUFFER descriptor information is returned The tape drive returns the descriptor information for the buffer specified by the Buffer ID In this mode the drive does not reject the invalid Buffer IDs with a CHECK CONDITION status but returns all zeros in the READ BUFFER descriptor The Offset Boundary Figure 5 76 is 12 OCh indicating that buffer offsets should be integral multiples of 4 K 0 Offset Boundaries OCh 1 3 Buffer Capacity Figure 5 76 READ BUFFER Descriptor Data Format Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 5 169 Tandberg Data SCSI Co
322. us signals measured between any two SCSI devices Maximum time for an initiator to release the DATA BUS signals following the transition of the I O signal from false to true Minimum time required to wait for all signals especially data signals to stabilize at their correct final value after changing Minimum time that a drive waits after releasing BSY before participating in an ARBITRATION when honoring a DISCONNECT message from the initiator Minimum time added between the assertion of REQ or ACK and changing the data lines to provide hold time in the initiator or drive while using standard slow synchronous data transfers Minimum time that a drive negates REQ while using synchronous data transfers also the minimum time than an initiator negates ACK while using synchronous data transfers Recommended maximum time from power application until a drive is able to respond with appropriate status and sense data to the TEST UNIT READY INQUIRY and REQUEST SENSE commands Recommended maximum time after a hard RESET condition until a drive is able to respond with appropriate status and sense data to the TEST UNIT READY INQUIRY and REQUEST SENSE commands Minimum time for which RST is asserted there is no maximum time Maximum time that a drive or initiator takes from its most recent detection of being selected or reselected until asserting a BSY response Recommended minimum time a SCSI device should wait for a
323. use in interpreting the directory failure packets A code that specifies the original reason for the directory call A value of 1 indicates a directory READ on LOAD A value of 2 indicates a directory WRITE on UNLOAD A value of 3 indicates a directory WRITE on WRITE from BOT These fields contain the TMSCP values for the tape format both prior to and after the directory operation A bit mapped field that provides additional status information Bit Mask Meaning Ox0ih READ on LOAD operation complete Inhibit further WRITE operations unless WRITE from BOT LBN O was found intact Directory WRITE failed Tape format mismatch Event log generated Tape format unknown Reserved Table B 3 Directory Failure Event Package Field Descriptions Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual C Updating the Firmware This chapter explains how to update the tape system s PCBA resident firmware C 1 Overview Using the tape drive s front panel and a tape with the updated firmware image you can update the tape drive s PCBA resident firmware CAUTION If a powerfail occurs during the firmware update process when the new image is actually being programmed into the FLASH EEPROMs the tape drive s PCBA will be rendered unusable When performing a firmware update take all possible precautions to prevent power failure to the tape drive C 2 Creating a Firmware Update Tape To update the tape
324. ustment or switch setting changes are required for different ac sources 2 18 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System 220V 240V YE amp gt Figure 2 10 AC Power Cord Plug Ends Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual 2 19 Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System Figure 2 11 shows the location of the ac power cord connector on the tabletop tape system s rear panel S o Geena AC Power Cord Connector Figure 2 11 Location of AC Power Cord Connector on Rear Panel Tabletop Version 2 20 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data Configuring Installing and Operating the Tape System 2 4 The Tape Cartridge The tape system can use one of the following types of DLTtape cartridge Type Plastic Color Feet Cartridge DLTtape III Greyish Brown 1200 DLTtape IIIXT White 1800 DLTtape IV Black 1800 This section of the manual covers handling and care of tape cartridges discusses the tape cartridge write protect switch and explains how to load and unload a tape cartridge to and from the tape system and how to use a cleaning tape cartridge Topic See Section Care and Handling of Tape Cartridges 2 4 1 Tape Cartridge Write Protect Switch 2 4 2 Loading a Tape Cartridge 2 4 3 Unloading a Tape Cartridge 2 4 4 How to Use a Cleaning Tape Cartridge 2 4 5 Table 2 6 Tape Cartridge Topics
325. valid Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 Operation Code 57h 1 Reserved 3rdPty Reserved LongID Extent 2 Reservation Identification 3 Third Party Device ID 4 6 Reserved MSB 7 8 Parameter List Length l LSB 9 Unused Reserved Flag Link Figure 5 83 RELEASE UNIT 10 Command Descriptor Block Data Format 5 178 Tandberg DLT8000 Product Manual Tandberg Data SCSI Commands RELEASE UNIT 10 Command 57h continued Field Description 3rdPty LongID Third Party Device ID Parameter List Length Extent Reservation Identification Third Party Release allows an initiator to release a logical unit that was previously reserved If the value in this field is 0 third party release is not requested If 3rdPty 1 then the device server shall release the specified logical unit but only if the initiator ID 3rdPty bit and third party device ID are identical when compared to the RESERVE command that established the reservation If the Long ID bit is set to 1 the Parameter List Length is 8 and the eight bytes of the parameter list carry the device ID of the third party device the contents of the Third Party Device ID in the CDB byte 3 are ignored If the Third Party Device ID value that is connected with the reservation release is smaller than 255 the LongID bit may be 0 and the ID value sent in the CDB If LongID bit 0 the Parameter List Length field also 0 If t
326. ve a logical unit or an extent within a logical unit for the exclusive or shared use by an initiator Note that reservations are not persistent across power cycles The command is used in conjunction with the PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN command it is not used with the RESERVE and RELEASE commands Persistent reservations conflict with reservations made via the RESERVE command Initiators that perform PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT actions are identified by a reservation key assigned by the application client The client may use the PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN command to identify which other initiators within a system hold conflicting or invalid persistent reservations and use the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command to preempt those reservations if necessary Note that since persistent reservations are not reset by the TARGET RESET task management function or other global actions they can be used to enact device sharing among multiple initiators The PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT and PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN commands provide the means for resolving contentions in multiple initiator systems with multiple port target By using the reservation key to identify persistent reservations it is possible to determine which ports hold conflicting persistent reservations and to take over such reservations from failing or greedy initiators The figure that follows illustrates the format of the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command the table that follows explains the

3Com Professional Handbook Personal Computer User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents